UNIT 7.

PULLUTION

A. VOCABULARY
1. affect (v) /əˈfekt/: làm ảnh hưởng
2. algea (n) /ˈældʒiː/: tảo
3. aquatic (adj) /əˈkwætɪk/: dưới nước
4. billboard (n) /ˈbɪlbɔːd/: biển quảng cáo ngoài trời
5. blood pressure (n) /blʌd ˈpreʃə/: huyết áp
6. cause (n,v) /kɔːz/: nguyên nhân, gây ra
7. cholera (n) /ˈkɒlərə/: bệnh tả
8. come up with (v) /kʌm ʌp wɪð/: nghĩ ra
9. contaminate (v) /kənˈtæmɪneɪt/: làm bẩn
10. contaminant (n) /kənˈtæmɪnənt/: chất gây bẩn
11. dump (v) /dʌmp/: vứt, bỏ
12. earplug (n) /ˈɪəplʌɡ/: cái nút tai
13. effect (n) /ɪˈfekt/: kết quả
14. fine (v) /faɪn/: phạt tiền
15. float (v) /f əʊt/: nổi
16. groundwater (n) /ˈɡraʊndwɔːtə/: nước ngầm
17. hearing loss (n) /ˈhɪərɪŋ lɒs/: mất thính lực
18. illustrate (v) /ˈɪləstreɪt/: minh họa
19. litter (n, v) /ˈlɪtə/: rác vụn (mẩu giấy, vỏ lon…), vứt rác
20. measure (v) /ˈmeʒə/: đo
21. non-point source pollution (n) /nɒn-pɔɪnt sɔːs pəˈluːʃn/: ô nhiễm không nguồn (nguồn phân tán)
22. permanent (adj) /ˈpɜːmənənt/: vĩnh viễn
23. point source pollution (n) /pɔɪnt sɔːs pəˈluːʃn/: ô nhiễm có nguồn
24. poison (n, v) /ˈpɔɪzn/: chất độc, làm nhiễm độc
25. pollutant (n) /pəˈluːtənt/: chất gây ô nhiễm
26. radioactive (adj) /ˌreɪdiəʊˈæktɪv/: thuộc về phóng xạ
27. radiation (n) /ˌreɪdiˈeɪʃn/: phóng xạ
28. thermal (adj) /ˈθɜːml/: thuộc về nhiệt
29. untreated (adj) /ˌʌnˈtriːtɪd/: không được xử lý
30. visual (adj) /ˈvɪʒuəl/: thuộc về thị giác

B. GRAMMAR
1. ĐỊNH NGHĨA CÂU ĐIỀU KIỆN.
Định nghĩa Ví dụ
Câu điều kiện gồm có hai phần: mệnh đề chỉ điều If the weather is fine, I will go campingwith my
kiện (if-clause) và mệnh đề chỉ kết quả (result friends tomorrow.
clause) (Nếu thời tiết đẹp thì ngày mai tôi đi sẽ đi cắm trại
với bạn của tôi.)
-> “If the weather is fine” là mệnh đề chỉ điều kiện:
“I will go camping with my friends tomorrow” là
mệnh đề chỉ kết quả (mệnh đề chính)
Mệnh đề IF và mệnh đề chính có thể đứng trước hay I will go camping with my friends tomorrow if the
sau đều được. weather is fine.

II. ÔN TẬP CÂU ĐIỀU KIỆN LOẠI 1 (CONDITIONAL SENENCES TYPE 1)

Chức năng Dùng để diễn tả điều kiện có thể xảy ra ở hiện tại hoặc tương lai.
Cấu trúc If + S+ V (s/es) + (bổ ngữ) S will +Vnguyên mẫu + (bổ ngữ)
(thì hiện tại đơn) (thì tương mai đơn)
-> Mệnh đề IF dùng thì hiện tại đơn, mệnh đề chính dùng thì tương lai.
Ví dụ If I have enough money, I will buy a new computer. (Nếu tôi có đủ tiền thì tôi sẽ mua một
chiếc máy tính mới.)
- If you work hard, you will make a lot of money. (Nếu bạn làm việc chăm chỉ thì bạn sẽ
kiếm được nhiều tiền.)
Lưu ý Unless= If not
If= Unless + not
Ví dụ:
- If he doesn’t do his homework, his mother will complain.
-> Unless he does homework, his mother will complain.
- If you don’t send to the hospital, she will die.
-> Unless you send her to the hospital, she will die.
Có thể dùng các động từ must, have to, can, may, should thay cho will trong mệnh đề
chính.
Ví dụ:
Is It rains heavily, you can stay here. (Nếu trời mưa bạn có thể ở lại đây.)
- If you want to see that film, you must buy a ticket. (Nếu bạn muốn xem bộ phim đó thì
bạn phải mua vé.)

BÀI TẬP VẬN DUNG CƠ BẢN

Bài 1. Khoanh tròn phương án đúng để hoàn thành các câu sau.
1. If the weather is fine, we (goes/ will go) camping tomorrow.
2. My parents will give me a gift if I (will pass/ pass) the final exam.
3. If you are polite to others, they (will be/ are nice to you).
4. Unless James (studies/ will study) hard, he will fail the exam.
5. My parents won’t allow me to go out if I (don’t finish/ won’t finish) my homework.
6. If the cable TV (doesn’t/ won’t) work, we will rent a DVD.
7. If you don’t want to stay at home, you (go/ can go) with me to the supermarket.
8. If you (will be/ are) a good listener, you will gain many friends.
9. James won’t attend the meeting if he (won’t/doesn’t) want to.
10. You can’t have this job unless you (have/will have) long working experience.
11. What (you will do/ will you do) if it snows tomorrow?
12. You (will be/ are) able to understand it you practice every day.
13. We will eat out today if there (will be/ is) nothing left in the fridge.
14. If it (will be/ is) too cold outside, we will stay home.
15. If she (isn’t/ won’t) careful, she will make many mistakes.
Bài 2. Hoàn thành các câu sau sử dụng dạng đúng của động từ trong ngoặc.
1. The manager (be) very angry if I am late for work.
2. You will have to work very hard if you (take) this course.
3. I (go) to see the doctor if I don’t feel well tomorrow.
4. They can’t hear you unless you (speak) louder.
5. If Peter (forget) to write his essay, the teacher (give) him a low mark.
6. If they (win) this match, they will ne the champions.
7. We (have) plenty of time if we (arrive) there early.
8. The zookeeper (punish) you if you (feed) the animal.
9. What (Jane/ say) if Jim (tell0 her the truth.
10. The boys (shiver) with cold if they (swim) in this lake.
11. The door (not lock) - unless you (press) the green button.
12. Jim won’t be late if he (take) the bus at 6 o’clock .
13. Mary isn’t home, but if you (want) to leave her a message, I (give) it to her.
14. If jack (clean) the floor, I (do) the washing.
15. the children (be) happy if you (give) them some sweets.
Bài 3.Nối cột A với cột B để tạo thành câu hoàn chỉnh.
A B
1. If people keep dumping rubbish into the lake, a. the groundwater will be poisoned.
2. If the farmers overuse pesticide, b. if our surrounding environment is polluted
3. Soil erosion won’t happen in an area, c. they will disappear in the future.
4. if we don’t converse the rainforests, d. unless we join hands to protect it.
5. Our health will be badly affected e. the aquatic life will be afflicted.
6. Our environment will be damaged f. floods will be more and more severe.
7. Is we don’t protect the frontier forests, g. if people use more public transportation.
8. The amount of carbon dioxide in the atmosphere h. if people practice sustainable agricultural mad
will be reduced use.

1. 2. 3. 4.
5. 6. 7. 8.
Bài 4. Dựa vào từ cho sẵn, viết câu hoàn chỉnh.
1. If/people/ not/ stop/ dumping/ waste/ into/ rivers/,/pollution/ increase/.

2. If/ polar/ ice caps/ melt/ ,/huge landmasses/ be/ under/ water.

3. If the air/ in/ city/ be/polluted/ ,it/can/ cause/ people’s/ respiratory/ problems.

4. If/smog/ be/ frequently/ formed/ in/ city/,/it/ cause/ difficulty/ in/ breathing/ headache/ even/ lung cancer.
Giaoandethitienganh.info
5. If/ carbon monoxide/ concentrate/ in/ great/ amounts/, /it/ be/ harmful/.

6. The climate/ change/ if/ more trees/ be/ cut/ down/ for/ hardwood/.

7. If/ we/ not/ control/ pollution/ soon/,/it/ be/ too/ late/.

8. If/we/ not/ protect/ frontier/,/we/ suffer/ many/ from/ natural/ disasters.

Bài 5. Viết lại câu với “” if/unless” sao cho nghĩa của câu không thay đổi.
1. I can’t finish this task you don’t give me a hand.
->
2. You will run out of money if you don’t stop wasting it.
->
3. Don’t call me unless it is an emergency.
->
4. James will not pass the test unless he studies harder.
->
5. If Jane finishes her work before 6 pm, she will dine out with her friends.
->
6. My brother won’t go travelling this summer if he doesn’t find a companion.
->
7. It is not easy to do these exercises unless you listen attentively to the teacher.
->
8. If Jim doesn’t submit his essay before Tuesday, he will be punished by the teacher.
->
III. CÂU ĐIỀU KIỆN LOẠI 2 (CONDITIONAL SENTENCES TYPE 2)
Chức năng - Dùng để diễn tả điều kiện không thể xảy ra ở hiện tại hoặc tương lai, điều kiện chỉ
là một giả thiết, mọt ước muốn trái ngược với thực trạng hiện tại.
- Dùng để đưa ra lời khuyên.
Cấu trúc If+ S+ V-ed + (bổ ngữ), S+ would + V nguyên mẫu + (bổ ngữ).
(thì quá khứ đơn)
-> Mệnh đề IF dùng thì quá khứ đơn, mệnh đề chính dùng động từ khuyết thiếu
“would +V”
Ví dụ If we were a bird, I would be very happy.
(Nếu tôi là một con chim tôi sẽ rất hạnh phúc)
-> Tôi không thể là chim được.
If I had a million USD, I would buy that cả. (Nếu tôi có một triệu đo la, tôi sẽ mua
chiếc xe đó.)
-> hiện tại không có.

Lưu ý - Trong câu điều kiện loại 2, ở mệnh đề ‘IF’, với chủ ngữ “ I/he/she/it” ta có thể
dùng “were ” hoặc “was” đều được.
- Ta cũng có thể dùng “could” hoặc “might” trong mệnh đề
chính. WOULD= sẽ (dạng quá khứ của WILL)
COULD = có thể (dạng quá khứ của CAN)
MIGHT = có thể (dạng quá khứ của MAY)

BÀI TẬP VẬN DỤNG CƠ BẢN

Bài 6. Khoanh tròn vảo phương án đúng.
1. I (would buy/ bought) a new house if I had enough money.
2. If he (would try/ tried) his best, he might be successful.
3. If I (lived/ would live) in Japan, I could speak Japanese well.
4. If someone gave you a dress, which color (would you want/ you would want) it to be?
5. I would repaired the roof myself if I (would have/ had) a longer ladder.
6. You would be more comfortable now if you (didn’t/ wouldn’t) wear high heels.
7. I (wouldn’t/didn’t) buy things on the Internet if I were you.
8. If you (met/ would meet) your favorite author Mark Twain, what wouldn’t you ask him?
9. His parents would be very proud if he (wouldn’t be/ weren’t) so naughty.
10. If Jane had more money, she (would treat/ treated) herself to a decent meal.
11. If you were a billionaire, what (would you do/ did you do)/
12. If Kate owned a computer, she (would spend/ spent) most of her free time on it.
13. If I (would know/ knew) his address, I would give it to you.
14. She would look much better if her hair (didn’t look/ wouldn’t look) so unkempt.
15. If I were in your situation, I (would/ will) let the nature take its course.
Bài 7. Hoàn thành các câu sau, sử dụng dạng đúng của động từ trong ngoặc.
1. More tourists would come to our country if we (provide) better services.
2. If I studies abroad, (we/keep) in touch with each other?
3. If someone (give) you a camera, what would you do with it?
4. If I (win) a big prize in a lottery, I (donate) apart of it and
(spend) the rest for myself.
5. What (you/do) if you found a wallet in the street?
6. I could watch foreign TV program without subtitles if I (know) English.
7. He might be obese if he (not stop) taking in fat and sugar.
8. If he knew that it was dangerous, he (not do) it.
9. If you (see) someone drowning, (you/save) him?
10. She (be) happier if her parents (not get) divorced.
11. If you (sleep) under a mosquito net you (not be) bitten so often.
12. I (get) a job easily if I (have) a degree.
13. If whe (have) another hair style, she (look) younger.
14. if the weather (not be) severe, out crops (grow) faster.
15. I (keep) a horse if I could afford it.
Bài 8. Viết câu điều kiện loại 2 cho các trường hợp sau.
0/ They don’t have enough money. They cannot buy a new car.
->If they had enough money, they could buy a new car.
1. There isn’t a library in my neighborhood. I cannot borrow books.

2. My health is not good. I don’t play extreme sports.

3. We cannot go for a picnic because it is pouring with rain.

4. I don’t have much free time. I cannot come to your party.

5. Jim doesn’t have any siblings. He feels lonely sometimes.

6. My father is very busy at work. He rarely has time for me.

7. This camera is expensive. I can’t buy it.

8. You don’t try your best. Your result will not be good.

BÀI TẬP TỔNG HỢP NÂNG CAO.

Bài 9. Hoàn thành các câu sau, cho dạng đúng của động từ trong ngoặc.
1. We (be) happy if air pollution were the only problem.
2. They would be disappointed if you (not go) to their party.
3. If we (use) this kind of light bulb, we can save energy.
4. Peter should go to sleep early if he (not want) to be tired the next morning.
5. If you (take) more exercises, you would be more resistant to diseases.
6. You may have car accident unless you (drive) more carefully.
7. If I travel to London, I (visit) its museum.
8. If they offer me the job, I think I (accept) it.
9. Many people (be) out of work if the local factory closed down.
10. What (happen) if that red button was pressed?
11. I’d be absolutely astonished if Mary and James (get) married.
12. They won’t let you in unless you (show) them your identity card.
13. My best friend gave me this book. She (be) very upset if I lost it.
14. Would you mind if I (turn) up the radio.
15. I’m sure she (forgive) you if you sincerely apologize to her.
Bài 10. Đánh dấu trước câu đúng, đánh dấu x trước câu sai và viết lại cho đúng.
1. Pollution can be reduced if we joined hands to prevent it.

2. If farmers would make use of pesticide more wisely, the soil would not be poisoned.

3. I won’t believe it unless you showed me the evidence.

4. Unless you don’t tell me the truth, I won’t help you.

5. If James is more outgoing, he would have more friends.

6. I think the show would be successful if he were one of the organizers.

7. If you paid more attention to what I said, you didn’t make so many mistakes.

8. If children are taught about environmental issues, they might change their attitudes towards pollution.

9. You would be punished if you park your car here.

10. If you could win the competition, we will have a celebration.

Bài 11. Hoàn thành các câu sau, chọn và cho dạng đúng của các độn từ cho sẵn.
happen Reduce Save suffer Cause
throw Take Be change See
1. If we use less vehicles, we the amount of carbon dioxide into the air.
2. If you the president, what you do to prevent air pollution.
3. If there were no fresh water left, what ?
4. If people (not) rubbish in the street, it would look better.
5. if there wasn’t so much light in the cities at night, we the starts more clearly.
6. If the water is contaminated, people from many diseases.
7. If chemicals from factories are dumped into rivers and lakes, they water pollution.
8. If people want to protect their planet, they should their habit of using plastic bag for
convenience.
9. If we recycle paper, we 1000 trees a day.
10. If people were more aware of the negative consequences of pollution, they might actions to
prevent it.

C.EXERCISES
TEST 1 UNIT 7
I. Choose the word that has the underlined part pronounced differently from the others.
1. A. paddy B. sand C. travel D. tribal
2. A. buffalo B. photo C. limestone D. botanical
3. A. jungle B. luggage C. sunbathe D. sugar
4. A. around B. various C. sound D. mountains
5. A. heritage B. giant C. garden D. village
II. Choose the words that have the different stress from the others.
1. A. definition B. electricity C. contaminate D. radiation
2. A. dramatic B. overhead C. century D. groundwater
3. A. thermal B. beneath C. rubbish D. earplug
4. A. affect B. billboard C. visual D. substance
5. A. aquatic B. behavior C. pollution D. permanent
III. Choose the word which has a different stress pattern from the others.
1. A. linguistic B. classical C. phonetic D. romantic
2. A. fantastic B. historic C. comic D. symbolic
3. A. oceanic B. specific C. ceramic D. aquatic
4. A. terrific B. Arabic C. statistic D. cosmetic
5. A. arithmetic B. geographic C. energetic D. economic
IV. Choose the best answer A, B, C or D.
1. If I the same problem you had as a child, I might not have succeed in life as well as you have.
A. have B. would have C. had had D. should have
2. I you sooner had someone told me you were in the hospital.
A. would have visited B. visited C. had visited D. visit
3. more help, I would call my neighbor.
A. Needed B. Should I need C. I have needed D. I should need
4. then what I know yesterday, I would have saved myself a lot of time and trouble over the
years.
A. Had I known B. Did I know C. If I know D. If I would know
5. Do you think there would be less conflict in the world if all people the same language?
A. spoke B. speak C. had spoken D. will speak
6. If you can give me one good reason for your acting like this, this incident again.
A. I will never mention B. I never mention
C. will I never mention D. I don’t mention
7. If I had known you were asleep, I so much noise when I came in.
A. didn’t make B. wouldn’t have made

C. won’t make D. don’t make Giaoandethitienganh.info

8. Unless you all of my questions, I can’t do anything to help you.
A. answered B. answer C. would answer D. are answering
9. Had you told me that this was going to happen, I it.
A. would have never believed B. don’t believe
C. hadn’t believed D. can’t believe
10. If Jake to go on the trip, would you have gone?
A. doesn’t agree B. didn’t agree C. hadn’t agreed D. wouldn’t agree
11. Jane: “John went to the hospital alone”,
Katy: “If , I would have gone with him”.
A. had he told me B. he had told me
C. he has told me D. he would tell me
12. If you , I would have brought my friends over to your house yesterday to watch T.V, but I
didn’t want to bother you.
A. had studied B. studied C. hadn’t studied D. didn’t study
13. Peter: “Did you need help with your Math last night?”
Mary: “If I had needed, I you".
A. would call B. called C. would have called D. will call
14. If someone into the store, smile and say, “May I help you?”
A. comes B. came C. come D. should come
15. “Here’s my phone number”.
“Thanks. I’ll give you a call if I some help tomorrow”
A. will need B. need C. would need D. needed
16. If I didn’t work for an accounting firm, I in a bank now.
A. work B. will work C. have worked D. would work
17. The death rate would decrease if hygienic conditions improved.
A. was B. is C. were D. had been
18. The education in Japan if the basic principles of education had not been taken into
consideration.
A. would go down B. would have gone down
C. went down D. had gone down
19. If there , the rice fields could have been more productive.
A. had been enough water B. were enough water
C. would be enough water D. are enough water
20. The patient will not recover unless he an operation.
A. had undergone B. would undergo
C. undergoes D. was undergoing
21. If she him, she would be very happy.
A. would meet B. will meet C. met D. should meet
22. If he a thorough knowledge of English, he could have applied for this post.
A. had had B. had C. has D. has had
23. If I had enough money, I abroad to improve my English.
A. will go B. would go C. went D. should have go to
24. The bench would collapse if they on it.
A. stood B. stand C. standing D. stands
25. If it convenient, let’s go out for a drink tonight.
A. be B. is C. was D. were
V. Complete the sentences with the correct verb form in the bracket.
1. If we meet at 9:30, we (have) plenty of time.
2. If you (find) a pen in the cellar, don’t mention it to anyone.
3. The zookeeper would have punished her with a fine if she (feed) the animals.
4. If you pass your examination, we (have) a celebration.
5. Lisa would find the milk if she (look) for it in the fridge.
6. What (happen) if I press this button?
7. The door will be unlocked if you (press) the green button.
8. I should have voted for her if I (have) a vote then.
9. If you go to Paris, where you (stay) ?
10. If you (swim) in this lake, you’ll shiver from cold.
11. Unless you (tell) the truth, I won’t help you.
12. You’ll get pneumonia if you (not change) your wet clothes.
13. If I had known that you couldn’t eat octopus, I (not buy) it.
14. If they (hang) that picture lower, people would be able to see it.
15. She (be) able to walk faster if she didn’t have such high-heel shoes.
16. I (bring) you some beer if I had known that you were thirsty.
17. If you had touched that electric cable, you (be) electrocuted.
18. If the story hadn’t been true, the newspaper (not print) it.
19. I (not buy) things on the installment system if I were you.
20. Dan (arrive) safe if he drove slowly.
VI. Correct the verbs form to complete the sentences.
1. If you (go) away, please write to me.
2. If he (eat) another cake, he will be sick.
3. I (not do) that if I (be) you.
4. If he (take) my advice, everything can go well.
5. He never does homework. If he (do) his homework, he (not worry) about his exam.
6. What you (do) if she refuses your invitation?
7. If today (be) Sunday, we (go) to the beach.
8. Unless they (pass) their examinations, they would join the army.
9. You (be) ill if you drink that water.
10. If Tom (go) to bed earlier, he would not be so tired.
11. If it’s raining heavily, we (not go) for a donkey ride.
12. If he (try) hard, he’ll pass the examination.
13. I could understand the French teacher if she (speak) more slowly.
14. If I (finish) the work in time, I (go) to the football game.
 15. If you (see) Mary today, please (ask) her to call me.
VII. Complete the sentences with the correct verb form in the bracket.
1. If someone offered to buy you one of those rings, which you (choose) ?
2. The flight may be cancelled if the fog (get) thick.
3. If the milkman (come) , tell him to leave two pints.
4. I (call) the office if I were you.
5. Someone (sit) on your glasses if you leave them there.
6. You would hear my explanation if you (not talk) so much.
7. What you (do) if you hear the burglar alarm?
8. If you (read) the instructions carefully, you wouldn’t have answered the wrong question.
9. If Mel (ask) her teacher, he’d have answered her questions.
10. I would repair the roof myself if I (have) a long ladder.
11. Unless they turn that radio off, I (go) mad.
12. If you were made redundant, what you (do) ?
13. We’ll have a long way to walk if we (run) out of petrol here.
14. If you shake that bottle of port, it (not be) fit to drink.
15. If you spoke louder, your classmates (understand) you.
16. I’ll probably get lost unless he (come) with me.
17. You (not have) so many accidents if you drove more slowly.
18. If you (wear) a false beard, nobody would have recognized you.
19. If she (leave) the fish here, the cat will eat it
20. You (have) no trouble at school if you had done your homework.
VIII. Fill in each blank with the correct preposition.
1. Land pollution is responsible for damage done natural habitat of animals.
2. Americans throw twenty-eight and a half million tons of plastic in landfills every year.
3. Scientists have come up new ways of saving energy.
4. Thousands of people were exposed radiation when the nuclear plant exploded.
5. Waste water from many factories which is dumped water bodies directly causes water
pollution.
IX. Read the passage and complete the sentences. True (T) or false (F).
Air pollution is a serious problem in many cities. Motor vehicles, factories and other sources create so
much air pollution that it may hang in the air like dirty fog. Air pollution threatens the health of the people
who live in cities. City wastes cause water pollution when they are poured into the waterways. These wastes
kill fish and make some areas unfit for swimming. In addition, many large cities have difficulties in
disposing of their garbage. The amount of garbage grows each year, but places to put it are quickly filling
up. Citizens, governments, industries, scientists, and business people must work together in different ways to
gradually reduce pollution. For example, most cities have introduced recycling programmes.

 1. Motor vehicles and factories are among some sources of air pollution.
 2. Air pollution doesn’t endanger people’s health in some cities.
 3. Air pollution is the only problem of the environment mentioned in this passage.
 4. Garbage disposal is a problem in many large cities.
 5. Everyone must cooperate to reduce pollution.
 6. We can reduce pollution by recycling programmes only.
X. Choose the word or phrase among A, B, C or D that best fits the blank space in the following
passage.
Light pollution is not (1) serious as water or air pollution. (2) , it is the type of pollution
that (3) more in cities than in rural areas. In the past, we could sit out at night and (4)
at glittering stars in the sky and light from objects in the outer space. Nowadays, cities are covered with
lights from buildings, streets, advertising displays, many of which direct the lights up into the sky and into
many unwanted places. The real problem is that it is very (5) to apply light to almost
everything at night. Millions of tons of oil and coal (6) to produce the power to light the
sky. Eye strain, (7) of vision and stress are what people may get from light pollution. (8)
light at night can harm our eyes and also harm the hormones that help us to see things properly.
1. A. as B. more C. much D. only
2. A. Moreover B. However C. Therefore D. Nevertheless
3. A. happen B. occur C. occurs D. is occurred
4. A. watch B. see C. spend D. gaze
5. A. waste B. wasteful C. wasting D. wastes
6. A. used B. using C. is used D. are used
7. A. lose B. lost C. loss D. losing
8. A. Very much B. Too much C. Too many D. So many
XI. Read the following passage and then answer the questions below it.
Air pollution is a cause of ill-health in human beings. In a lot of countries there are laws limiting the
amount of smoke which factories can produce. Although there isn’t enough information on the effects of
smoke in the atmosphere, doctors have proved that air pollution causes lung diseases.
The gases from the exhausts of cars have also increased air pollution in most cities. The lead in petrol
produces a poisonous gas which often collects in busy streets surrounded by high buildings. Children who
live in areas where there is a lot of lead in the atmosphere cannot think as quickly as other children and they
are clumsy when they use their hands.
There are other long-term effects of pollution. If the gases in the atmosphere continue to increase, the
earth’s climate may become warmer. A lot of the ice near the Poles may melt and may cause serious floods.
1. What can make people sick?

2. Where does smoke come from?

3. Can air pollution cause lung diseases?

4. What else can cause air pollution in cities?

5. Why does the earth’s climate become warmer?

XII. Read the passage, and choose the correct answer A, B, C or D for each question.
Saving the Environment: One Home at a Time
Pollution can be seen not only throughout the world, but also in our own homes. It comes from
household chemicals, the amount of water people use and the waste people produce and throw away. What
can be done to stop this pollution? Surprisingly, a person can help save the environment by doing simple
things.
First, we need to recycle, which allows products to be used over and over again. Recycling can also
reduce the number of trees cut down to produce paper products. It takes very little effort. It is not hard to
place plastic and glass bottles, aluminum cans and paper in a bin. Anyone can do it.
Second, we need to watch the amount of water used at home. It can be conserved by taking short
showers instead of baths, repairing leaky faucets, using the dishwasher or washing machine only when fully
loaded, or simply turning the faucet off while brushing your teeth.
Third, we need to reduce waste. We need to recycle whenever possible, but should also try to use this
waste effectively. For example, grass clippings and food scraps can be made into compost for plants. The
average person produces 4.3 pounds of waste every day, but we can reduce that amount by recycling and
reusing.
If we do our part in our own homes, we can help keep the planet from becoming more polluted.
1. Pollution is caused from the following sources except .
A. water in rivers B. water from households
C. wastes D. house chemicals
2. Recycling can help us .
A. never cut down trees B. produce more paper products
 C. place garbage bins easily D. use products again and again
3. In order to save water, we can do all of the following things except .
A. fully use the washing machine B. repair leaky faucets
C. take short showers instead of baths D. turn the faucet off while brushing your teeth
4. Recycling helps to reduce waste because .
A. plants need to develop
B. waste can be recycled and reused
C. a person can do it in his home
D. an average man produces compost for plants
5. The word “It” in paragraph 2 refers to .
A. cutting down B. the number
C. recycling D. effort
TEST 2 UNIT 7
I. Write the words from the box in the correct part of the table, according to the stress pattern.
scenic economic terrific Arabic kinetic linguistic
sonic supersonic statistic cosmetic aerobic symbolic
fantastic systematic phonetic emphatic sympathetic automatic
historic comic heroic specific scientific mechanic
republic romantic microscopic magic fabric oceanic
arithmetic traffic elastic ceramic aquatic geographic
energetic botanical classical typical logical numerical
political tropical vertical practical critical mythical

Oo

Ooo

oOo

oOoo

ooOo

II. Choose the word which has a different stress pattern from the others.
1. A.terrific B.Arabic C.statistic D.cosmetic
2. A.arithmetic B.geographic C.energetic D.economic
3. A.linguistic B.classical C.phonetic D.romantic
4. A.fantastic B.historic C.comic D.symbolic
5. A.oceanic B.specific C.ceramic D.aquatic
III. Complete the sentences, using the correct form of the words in brackets.
1. habitats have been destroyed in recent years. (nature)
2. A number of cleaning products contain chemicals. (harm)
3. Water samples collected at these villages were seriously with bacteria. (contaminate)
4. People believe that the water has brought cancer to the local residents. (pollution)
5. Light pollution make us to see the stars in the sky. (able)
6. Noise is considered as pollution. (environment)
IV. Complete the sentences, using the correct form ofthe words in brackets.
1. The soil becomes because of the use of so many pesticides and fertilizers. (contaminate)
2. waste spills can contaminate groundwater.(industry)
3. In many developing countries, water pollution is usually a leading causeof . (die)
4. elements have been found in both ground and underground water sources.(pollute)
 5. Fish and many other animals are killed by in their habitat.(pollute)
6. Astronomers are concerned about light pollution because they have in viewing
activities in the sky and outer space. (difficult)
V. Combine each pair of sentences, using conditional sentences type 1.
1. A person looks at the sky at night. He is not able to see the Milky Way by naked eye.
2. Noise pollution happen regularly. It causes stressor nuisance.
3. Water pollution gets more serious in the future. It affects the development of economy the pollution and
society.
4. Australia has invested in water in Viet Nam with good results. Haft of the population in the rural areas
has access to fresh water.
5. You use compact light bulbs. You save a lot of energy.
6. We have more space. We plant more trees.
VI. Choose the word or phrase among A, B, C or D that best fits the blank space in the following
passage.
Light pollution is not (1) serious as water or air pollution. (2) , it is the type of
pollution that (3) more in cities than in rural area. In the past, we could sit out at night and (4)
at glittering stars in the sky and light from objects in the outer space. Nowadays, cities are covered
with lights from buildings,streets, advertising displays, many of which direct the lights up into the sky and
into many unwanted places. The real problem is that it is very (5) to apply light to almost
everything at night. Millions of tons of oil and coal (6) to produce the power to light the sky.
Eye strain, (7) of vision and stress are what people may get from light pollution. (8) light
at night can harm our eyes and also harm hormones that help us to see things properly.
1. A. more B. as C. much D. only
2. A.Moreover B. However C. Therefore D. Nevertheless
3. A. happen B. occur C. occurs D. is occurred
4. A.watch B. see C. spend D. spend
5. A. waste B. wastes C. wasting D. wasteful
6. A. used B. using C. is used D. are used
7. A. lose B. lost C. loss D. losing
8. A. Very much B. Too much C.Too many D.So many
VII. Read the passage, and do the tasks that follow.
There are many causes that lead to water pollution. One man cause of this issue is waste water coming
from many factories and then being directly pulled out into water bodies, especially into rivers or seas
without any treatmentbecause this is the most convenient way of disposing waste water. Industrial waste
consists of some kind of chemical substance such as sulphur, which is harmful for marine life. Lead is
known as the main reason for cancer disease. Cancer has become a popular disease in several communes
which are called "cancer villages". Another cause is the awareness of citizens, people always use water
for many purposes and then they dump waste water or garbage directly into rivers, canal, and ponds and
son on. In 2004, because of bird flu outbreak in Vietnam, people threw poultry to water body that made
water highly polluted.
Task 1: Match a word in column A with its definition in column B, writing the answer in each blank.
Answer A B
1. convenient (adj) A. birds, like hens ducks, geese… that are kept for eggs and meat
2. marine (adj) B. knowledge
3. awareness (n) C. connected with the sea
4. outbreak (n) D. suitable or practical for a particular purpose
5. poultry (n) E. the sudden beginning of something unpleasant
Task 2: Read the passages again, and then decide whether the statements are true (T) or false (F).
T F
6. Waste water from many factories which is dumped into water bodies directly causes  
water pollution.
7. Dumping waste directly into water is the most convenient way of disposing waste water.  
 8. Sulphur is believed the main reason for cancer.  
9. Cancer villages occurred in 2004.  
10. Due to lack of awareness, people poisoned water with dead poultry when there was bird  
flu outbreak in 2004.
VIII. Read the passage, and do the tasks that follow.
Space Pollution
The launch of Sputnik I and Yuri Gagarin, the first human being in space, marked the beginning of
space exploration and the beginning of a new and unfamiliar type of pollution.
Satellites, solar panels, rocket bodies and fragment from space shuttles that are floating in space and
are no longerfunctional are considered space debris. This pollution of man-made objects in space affects
us here on Earth as well and will continue to affect us in future travel. In 1978, the Soviet Union Kosmos
954, which contained a nuclear power source, reentered over Canada and left debris over an area the size
of Austria. In 1969, five Japanese sailors were injured by pieces of space debris that hit their ship. The
largest piece, weighing one thousand pounds, in Australia in 1979.
Many solutions are being considered by scientists and engineers. However, the challenge to finding a
solution lies within all of the nations which take part in the space exploration.
Task 1: Match a word in column A with its definition in column B, writing the answer in each blank.
Answer A B
1. shuttle A. broken pieces of something larger
2. functional B. made by people
3. debris C. a vehicle in which people travel into space and back again
4. man-made D. a way of finding an answer to a problem
5. solution E. working; being used
Task 2: Read the passage again, and then answer the following questions.
6. What are some examples of space pollution?

7. What are the effects of space pollution?

8. What did Kosmos 954 cause to Canada?

9. Why were Japanese sailor injured in 1969?

10. Is it easy for all the nations taking part in the space exploration to find solutions?
IX. Choose the word or phrase among A B, C or D that best fits the blank space in the following
passage.
Have a walk (1) a beach, listen to the sound of the sea waves, and suddenly you see a
lot of rubbish on the beach. Pollution takes away all the (2) of out beaches. I feel reallyvery
annoyed (3)I see plastic lying on the sand, cigarette ends buried in the sand, and soda cans floating in the
sea.
There are a lot of things that we can do. (4) we see rubbish, we should do our part in the
protecting the land (5) picking it up and throwing it in dust bins. (6) , we can form some kind
of organization that helps (7) the beaches. If everyone does their part, the beach will be a
wonderful and beautiful place. We need to start now (8) the beaches are damaged beyond repair.
1. A. at B.in C.on D.over
2. A. beauty B.beautiful C.beautifully D.being beautiful
3. A.before B.after C.When D.While
4. A.While B.If C.Unless D.Soon
5. A.by B.with C.of D.in
6. A.Nevertheless B.Therefore C.However D.Moreover
7. A.cleaning up B.clean up C.cleaning up D.clean off
8. A.before B.after C.until D.when
 X. Read the passage, and choose the correct answer A, B, C or D for each question.
Saving the Environment: One Home at a Time
Pollution can be seen not only throughout the world, but also in our own homes. It comes from
household chemicals, the amount of water people use and the waste people produce and throw away.
What can be done to stop this pollution? Surprisingly, a person can help save the environment by doing
simple things.
First, we need to recycle, which allows products to be used over and over again. Recycling can also
reduce the number of trees cut down to produce paper products. It takes very little effort. It is not hard to
place plastic and glass bottles, aluminum cans and paper in a bin. Anyone can do it.
Second, we need to watch the amount of water used in the home. It can be conserved by taking short
showers instead of baths, repairing leaky faucets, using the dishwasher or washing machine only when
fully loaded, or simply turning the faucet off while brushing your teeth.
Third, we need to reduce waste. We need to recycle whenever possible, but should also try to use this
waste effectively. For example, grass clippings and food scraps can be made into compost for plants. The
average person produces 4.3 pounds of waste every day, but we can reduce that amount by recycling and
reusing.
If we do our part in our own homes, we can help keep the planet from becoming more polluted.
1. Pollution can be caused from the following sources except .
A. house chemicals B. water from households
C. wastes D. water in rivers
2. Recycling can help us .
A. never cut down trees B. use products again and again.
C. place garbage bins easily D. produce more paper products
3. In order to save water, we can do all of the following things except .
A. take short showers instead of baths B. repair leaky faucets
C. fully use the washing machine D. turn the faucet off while brushing your teeth
4. Recycling helps to reduce waste because .
A. plants need to develop B. a person can do it in his home
C. waste can be recycled and reused D. an average man produces compost for plants
5. The word "It" in paragraph 2 refers to .
A. recycling B. the number C. cutting down D. effort
XI.Write a paragraph about noise pollution (definition, causes, effects and solutions), using the cues
given.
1. Noise pollution/ any loud sounds/ either harmful or annoying/ humans and animals.

2. Generally/ noise/ produced/ household appliances/ big trucks/ vehicles and motorbikes/ on the road/
planes and helicopters flying over cities/ loud speakers, etc.

3. Noise solution/ cause/ stress/ illnesses/ hearing loss/ sleep loss/ lost productivity.

4. Health effects/ noise/include/ anxiety/ stress/ headaches/ irritability/ nervousness.

5. Noise-producing industries/ airports/ bus terminals/ should/ located/ far/ living places.

6. The officials/ check/ misuse/ loudspeakers/ outdoor parties and discos/ as well as/ public announcement
systems.

XII. Rewrite the sentences, using the words in brackets. You can make some changes.
1. There are asthma, allergies and other respiratory illnesses when air pollution happens.(leads to)
2. Aquatic life suffers or dies because there is thermal pollution.(because of)

3. Water in the Cau River becomes brown and has terrible smell because the waste water is released from
the paper mill in Thai Nguyen City.(so)

4. People use much herbicide to treat weeds, so waterin rivers, canals, lakes are extremely polluted and has
bad effects on people’ health. (because)

5. May fish in the river die due the increased temperature of water.(because)

6. Because plastic bags take so long to decompose, nearly all of them still exist in the environment today.
(so)

XIII. Combine each pair of sentences, using the words/ phrases in brackets. You can make some
changes.
1. We are unable to see the stars in the sky.Light pollution occurs.(makes)

2. Glass panels, windows, lawns and roofs make light pollution worse. They reflect artificial and sun
light. (because)

3. All sound are not noise. Noise is any sound that is unwanted and goes beyond its certain limit, for
example, above 80 decibels. (because)

4. More and more noise is created by modern civilization. It has now become a major environmental
pollutant, especially in urban areas. (so)

5. Contamination in the air happens. There is acid rain which damages soil, vegetation and aquatic life
of the region. (causes)

6. Noise pollution is one of the major causes of stress and anxiety. People suffer from stress and
anxiety. (because of)

XIV. Based on the context, make conditional sentences type 2 from the clues.
1. My home hasn't installed a solar water heater. If/ my home/ install/ a solar water heater/ we/ save a
lot of energy.

2. Not all households in Viet Nam turn off lights during the Earth Hour. If/ all households/ Viet Nam/
turn offlights/ the Earth Hour/ we/ save enough electricity/ develop our rural areas.

3. Some students in our school still throw litter on the school ground. If/ students/ our school/ not throw
litter/ the school ground/ our campus/ look/ greener fresher.

4. People use aluminum cans instead of glass bottles. If/ people use/ glass bottles/ they/ use/ again and
again.
 5. Our school ground is large but we don't have a wind turbine. If/ we/ install/ a wind turbine/ our school/
become/ more eco-friendly.

6. People don’t use organic fertilizers. If/ people/ use/ organic fertilizers/ they/ prevent/ land pollution.

7. A large number of people ride their motorbikes to work. If/ people/ ride/ bikes/ they/ keep/ air/ less
polluted.

8. That factory doesn’t have a wastewater treatment system. If/ that factory/ have/ waste water
treatment system/ river/ not become/ so polluted.

TEST 3 UNIT 7
I. Find the words that has different stress pattern in each line.
1. A. dramatic B. rhythmic C. angelic D. romantic
2. A. affect B. algae C. billboard D. cholera
3. A. political B. electrical C. identical D. politic
4. A. aquatic B. radiation C. pollution D. logical
5. A. industry B. industrial C. poison D. poisonous\
II. Find the words that has different stress pattern in each line.
1. A. domestic B. possible C. physical D. musical
2. A. mineral B. national C. economic D. politic
3. A. photograph B. organism C. organic D. atmosphere
4. A. historical B. industry C. political D. humidity
5. A. popular B. romantic C. financial D. adverbial

III. Choose the best answer A, B, C or D to complete these sentences.

1. Air pollution is severe in .
A. cities B. densely populated areas
C. industrialised areas D. all of these
2. Main sources of noise pollution are .
A. transportation equipment B. musical instruments
C. heavy machinery D. both A and C
3. One of the best solutions to get rid of non-biodegradable wastes is .
A. burning B. dumping C. recycling D. buying
4. Which of the following is not as a consequence of global warming?
A. increased agricultural productivity worldwide B. rising sea level
C. worsening health effects D. increased storm frequency and intensity
5. The water temperature in streams, rivers, oceans change is the effect of .
A. radioactive pollution B. thermal pollution
C. light pollution D. visual pollution
6. Which sentences are not the causes of water pollution?
A. Factories dump industrial waste into lakes and rivers.
B. Sewage from households.
C. People burn fossil fuels.
D. Farmers use pesticides to kill insects and herbicides to kill weeks.
7. When does thermal pollution take place?
A. Sun heats up the lakes and ponds.
B. Hot water from factories drains into rivers and ponds.
C. When hot oil drains into rivers and lakes.
D. None of these
8. Nuclear waste is the pollutant of .
 A. air pollution B. water pollution C. radioactive pollution D. soil pollution
9. Which of the following is how to control air pollution?
A. Maintaining a healthy distance between the industrial and residential areas.
B. Minimum use of loudspeakers and amplifiers especially near silence zones.
C. Don't throw chemicals, oils, paints and medicines into the river.
D. planting trees
10. Thousands of deer and animals are killed on the road by vehicles in the evening because the glare of
cars blinds them is the effect of .
A. air pollution B. visual pollution C. thermal pollution D. light pollution

IV. Choose the correct answers.

1. Many species of wildlife are becoming extinct, the rainforests are being destroyed.
A.therefore B. since C.consequently D. so
2. Hemp can be used to make paper, it could reduce the need for logging.
A.consequently B.due to C. so D. since
3. logging provides jobs and profits, the government is reluctant to control it.
A. so B.Consequently C. Since D. Due to
4. Hemp was grown throughout history its versatility; it can be used to make many different things.
A. due to B. because C. since D. as a result
5. Hempis related to the marijuana plant; it is illegal in many countries.
A. so B. due to C. as a result D. because
6. The polluted chemical waste was dumped into the ocean; , the mass of fish died.
A. because B. as C. because of D. consequently
7. It was guessed that the fish died a powerful toxin in the sea water.
A. because of B. because C. since D. as a result
8. Many species in BC are threatened logging.
A. so B. because C. since D. due to
9. Smoking can heart disease.
A. lead to B. create C. causes D. due to
10. Radioactive pollution is increasing the increased use of radioactivity.
A. as B. since C. because of D. because

V. Complete the table with appropriate verbs, nouns and adjectives.

Verb Noun Adjective
1. Danger Dangerous
to edit 2. editing/ edited
to annoy 3. annoying/annoyed
to instruct Instruction 4.
5. Drama Dramatic
to interest Interest 6.
to choose 7. Choosing
to heat Heat 8.
9. Low Low

VI. Complete the sentences, using the correct form of the words in brackets.
1. Walking alone late at night can be (danger) .
2. The latest (edit) of this book contains many illustrative pictures.
3. Her younger sister can be (annoy) when she behaves haughtily.
4. You must read the (instruct) carefully before you use the new oven.
5. We were taken aback at the (drama) changes in our village; each home owns a computer now.
 6. It is always (interest) to watch the cubs at play.
7. My mother advised me to be careful in my (choose) of friends.
8. The (hot) makes everybody very drowsy during the lesson in class.
9. The couple came here at the special (invite) of the prime minister.
10. Please (low) the volume of your voice. I can even hear you from next door.

VII. Put the verbs in brackets into the correct form of conditional sentence type 1.
1. If people (pollute) the environment, a lot of animals (die) .
2. If water (consist) germs, people (get) ill.
3. If the poles (melt) , huge landmasses (be) under water.
4. Many precious animals (disappear) , if people (cut down) trees.
5. If nuclear waste (throw) away, it (be) very dangerous.
6. If the emission of CO2 (continue) at high rate, the climate (destroy) .
7. We (save) the trees If we (save) paper.
8. If schools (teach) about environmental problems, All students (know) h to
protect the environment.
9. If more people (travel) by bike or bus, we (not have) traffic jam.
10. If the government (fine) heavily to the factories, they (not dump) sewage
into the ocean.

VIII. Put the verbs in brackets into the correct form of conditional sentence type 2.
1. If I (be) the president, I (pass) harder regulations for using fertilizers in agriculture.
2. If I (be) you, I (not eat) that genetically modified potatoes.
3. If big corporations (care) more about the environment and less about their own pockets, the
pollution from factories (not increase) so fast.
4. He (sort) his trash, if he (be) smart.
5. If the seas (pollute) , maybe the population of whales (recover) .
6. If I (not throw) this can of Coke into the bushes, I (not know)
that Coke is poison for wild animals.
7. If the factories (not dump) untreated waste into the ocean, fish (die) massively.
8. What (do) you if you (be) President.
9. If the air (not be) dirty, the breathing problems (reduce) .
10. If I (own) a lonely island, I (build) a huge house by the beach.

IX. Put the verbs in brackets into the correct form.

1. If you (send) this letter now, she (receive) it tomorrow.
2. Kate (go) shopping if she (have) time in the afternoon.
3. She (spend) a year in the USA if it (be) easier to get a green card.
4. If her boyfriend (phone/ not) today, she (leave) him.
5. If you (go) by bike more often, you (be/ not) so flabby.
6. If he (have) more time, he (earn) karate.
7. He (not buy) so much clothes if he (not have) .
8. If I (play) the lottery yesterday, I (have) a chance to hit the jackpot.
9. If I (be) ) rich, my life (change) completely.
10. I (invite) ) all my friends if I (have) ) a house by the beach.

X. Give the correct form of the verbs in brackets.

1. If you come with me, I (do) the shopping with you.
2. Wilson (help) his mother in the garden if she shows him how to do.
3. If it (rain) , I will stay at home.
4. Our teacher will be happy if we (learn) the poem by heart.
5. If they had enough money, they (buy) a new car.
6. We (pass) the exam if we studied harder.
7. If Pat (repair) his bike, he could go on a bicycle tour with us.
8. She would get 100 pounds if she (sell) this old shelf.
9. If I were you, I (invite) Jack to the party.
10. If the weather (be) fine, the children can walk to school.

XI.
Pollution and its Negative Effects
Pollution is the degradation of natural environment by external substances introduced directly or
indirectly. Human health, ecosystem quality and aquatic and terrestrial biodiversity may be affected and
altered permanently by pollution.
Pollution occurs when ecosystems can not get rid of substances introduced into the environment. The
critical threshold of its ability to naturally eliminate substances is compromised and the balance of the
ecosystem is broken.
The sources of pollution are numerous. The identification of these different pollutants and their
effects on ecosystems is complex. They can come from natural disasters or the result of human activity, such
as oil spills, chemical spills nuclear accidents... These can have terrible consequences on people and the
planet where they live: destruction of the biodiversity, increased mortality of human and animal species,
destruction of natural habitat, damage caused to the quality of soil, water and air ..
Preventing pollution and protecting the environment necessitate application of the principles of
sustainable development. We have to consider satisfy the needs of today without compromising the ability of
future generations to meet their needs. This means that we should remedy existing pollution, but also
anticipate and prevent future pollution sources in order to protect the environment and public health. Any
environmental damage must be punishable by law, and polluters should pay compensation for the damage
caused to the environment.
1. Now match the words with their correct descriptions.
1. remedy A. The condition or process of degrading or being degraded
2. compromise B. On or relating to the earth
3. terrestrial C. The variety of plant and animal life in the world
4. biodiversity D. An agreement or settlement of a dispute that is reached by each side making
concessions.
5. degradation E. The state of being subject to death
6. mortality F. Eliminate a disease or condition with medical treatment.
Your answers:
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6.
2. Read the text again then answer the questions below.
1. What is the pollution?

2. When does pollution occur?

3. How is the sources of pollution?

4. What can the pollutants of pollution be?

5. List three effects of pollution.

6. Should polluters pay compensation for the damage caused to the environment?

XII. Read the text then choose the best answer.

ENVIRONMENTAL POLLUTION
 In recent years the problem of environmental pollution has become a serious problem in big cities in our
country. So, what are reasons and possible measures for this problem?
Nowadays, we are living in a city with high population density, so domestic waste is the first reason.
Then many people's social consciousness is not high. In several areas, they throw rubbish on streets, canals
and rivers. It is easy for us to see rubbish of all kinds floating on the water. Moreover, uncultured people
even pee in the public place.
Now, let's come to other reasons. Our city is overloaded with vehicles that expel a lot of smoke and dust.
This contributes to the heat of the air, and causes pollution.
Besides that, in several places, trees have been cut down to have room for buildings, hotels, or
supermarkets. This makes the atmosphere in our city mug and stuffy.
New words:
muggy (adi) nồm ẩm, oi bức
stuffy (adi) ngột ngạt
1. What is not the reasons of environmental pollution?
A. high population density B. smoke and dust from vehicles
C. domestic waste D. the new drainage system
2. What is the first reason of environmental pollution?
A. domestic waste B. smoke and dust from vehicles
C. population density D. rubbish on streets
3. What is the synonym of the word "consciousness"?
A. awareness B. unculture C. unconsciousness D. awakeness
4. Why vehicles cause air pollution?
A. Vehicles make the atmosphere in our city muggy and stuffy.
B. Because they expel a lot of smoke and dust.
C. Because they consume too much gasoline.
D. Because many people use motorbikes and cars nowadays.
5. How is the drain system in our city?
A. It’s very modern. B. It's downgrade.
C. It is new. D. It is very old and downgrade

XIII. Combine the sentences in each pair into a new sentence that shows a cause/ effect relationship. Use
cause and effect signal word or phrase given in brackets.
1. One effect of global warming is that sea levels are rising. The polar icecaps are melting. (because)

2. The global population has increased. There are much better levels of nutrition. (because of)

3. Nuclear explosions and detonations of nuclear weapons cause radioactive pollution. (lead to)

4. In the last ten years, many BC valleys have been clearcut. 142 species of salmon have become extinct.
(so)

5. The fish and other aquatic animals have died. The water is polluted. (due to)

XIV. Write conditional sentences type I or II for these situation.

l. People eat dirty food. They can be cancer.

2. A factory directly discharges a large volume of waste water into the Thi Vai River. The river is polluted.

3. Farmers use polluted water to water their plants. People eat these plants, they become sick with diseases
such as diarrhea, bacterial inflections even cancer.
4. Thermal pollution takes place. The water temperature in streams, rivers, lakes and oceans will increase
or decrease suddenly.

5. People live in radioactive pollution area. They can be skin cancer.

XV. Complete the sentence by filling in a cause or an effect as required.

1. Melanie did not go to school yesterday because .
2. Due to , Jason was late for work again.
3. If , there won't be enough space in the car for each.
4. Mai works late every Friday so that .
5 Owing to , the tickets were all sold out.
6. Global warming leads to .
7. I woke up late this morning because .
8. A big ships spill oil in Pacific ocean which causes .

UNIT 8. ENGLISH-SPEAKING COUNTRIES

CÁC QUỐC GIA NÓI TIẾNG ANH
A. VOCABULARY
1. Aborigines (n) /ˌæbəˈrɪdʒəniz/ thổ dân châu Úc
2. absolutely (adv) /ˈæbsəluːtli / tuyệt đối, chắc chắn
3. accent (n) /ˈæksent/ giọng điệu4. awesome (adj) /ˈɔːsəm/ tuyệt vời
5. cattle station (n) / ˈkætl ˈsteɪʃn/ trại gia súc
6. ghost (n) /ɡəʊst/ ma
7. haunt (v) /hɔːnt/ ám ảnh, ma ám
8. icon (n) /ˈaɪkɒn/ biểu tượng
9. kangaroo (n) /ˌkæŋɡəˈruː/ chuột túi
10. koala (n) /kəʊˈɑːlə/ gấu túi
11. kilt (n) /kɪlt/ váy ca-rô của đàn ông Scotland
12. legend (n) /ˈledʒənd/ huyền thoại
13. loch (n) /lɒk/ hồ (phương ngữ ở Scotland)
14. official (adj) /əˈfɪʃl/ chính thống/ chính thức
15. parade (n) /pəˈreɪd/ cuộc diễu hành
16. puzzle (n) /ˈpʌzl/ trò chơi đố
17. schedule (n) /ˈʃedjuːl/ lịch trình, thời gian biểu
18. Scots/ Scottish (n) /skɒts/ ˈskɒtɪʃ/ người Scotland
19. state (n) /steɪt/ bang
20. unique (adj) /juˈniːk/ độc đáo, riêng biệt

B. GRAMMAR
I. CÁC THÌ HIỆN TẠI (PRESENT TENSES)
Thì Cấu trúc Dấu hiệu nhận biết
Hiện tại đơn * Động từ thường Everyday/week/month/year…, in
(+) S + V_s/es + O the morning/ afternoon/ evening/
(-) S + don’t/ doesn’t + V + O always; usually; often; sometimes;
(?) Do/Does + S + V + O? seldom; rarely; frequently; …
* Động từ Tobe
(+) S + am/is/are +O
(-) S + am/ is/ are not + O
(?) Am/ Is/ Are + S + O?
Hiện tại tiếp diễn (+) S + am/ is/ are + V_ing + O. Now, at the moment, at the present,
 (-)S + am/ is/ are + not V_ing + O Look! Listen! At this time, right
(?) Am/ Is/ Are + S + V_ing + O? now, now,…
Hiện tại hoàn thành (+) S+ have/ has + VpII +O. Just, yet, never, ever, already, so
(-)S+ have/ has + not VpII +O. far, up to now, since, for, recently,
(?) Have/ Has + S + VpII +O? lately, until now, up to present, …
BÀI TẬP VẬN DỤNG CƠ BẢN
Bài 1: Khoanh tròn đáp án đúng
1. The Smith (is having/ are having) a barbecue in the backyard right now.
2. The train (just leaves/ has just left) for 10 minutes.
3. The police (haven’t caught/ hasn’t caught) the burglars yet.
4. Jim (is still reading/ has still read) the book he borrowed from the local library last week.
5. (Have you ever tried/ Are you ever trying) Indian cuisine before? No, this is my first time.
6. At present, my father (is having/ has) a car and a motorbike.
7. You should arrive at the airport before &:30 because the plane (takes off/ are taking off) at sharp 8.
8. Who (is/are) James talking to?
9. I (have read/read) five science books so far.
10. Coffee (has always been/ is always) my favorite drink since I was 20.
11. Why (are you always talking/ do you always talk) with your mouth full?
12. What (are you doing/ do you do) now? I am a linguist.
13. Look! It (is pouring/ pours) with rain.
14. Have you finished your homework yet? No, actually I (am working/ work) on it.
15. Mr. Brown (is sleeping/ has slept). I can hear his loud snoring.
Bài 2. Điền các trạng từ cho sẵn vào chỗ trống sao cho thích hợp
Always rarely yet for
Since often never now
1. James has tried Japanese food before. This is the first time.
2. My brother is waking up late in the morning.
3. They haven’t seen each other the last winter.
4. To be honest, I do morning exercises because I hate getting up early.
5. Have you ever been to a foreign country ?
6. The Smith have lived in this neighborhood 5 years.
7. My mother goes shopping with friends when she has free time.
8. Jim is playing the piano while his sister is singing along.
Bài 3. Chia động từ trong ngoặc sao cho thích hợp.
1. Where’s Mary? She (listen) to a new CD in her room.
2. Don’t forget to take your umbrella with you today. You know it (be) the raining season
now.
3. Jean always (learn) English at this time every day but today she (not study) at
the moment.
4. What time (the meeting/ happen) tomorrow? I (not know) it yet.
I (wait) for the announcement.
5. Where (you/live) since you moved from your old house?
6. Look! The sun (rise) over the ocean. This is the most amazing scene I (ever/ see)
.
7. He (speak) Japanese so well because He (come) from Japan.
8. (you/ usually/ go) for Christmas or (you/stay) at home?
9. Look! Your friend (hold) some roses. They (look) lovely.
10. (you/ finish) your assignment yet? No, I .
11. My father usually (walk) to work but now hw (drive) his car.
12. I (not think) Mary (sleep) because I can hear some noise from her room.
13. My grandparents (bring) me up since I was very small.
14. How long (Peter/ work) in his firm?
15. James (always/ complain) . It (be) hard to please him.
16. I (just/ realize) that there are only four weeks to the end of them.
17. This is the second time I (be) to London.
18. Now the children (not want) to go to sleep. They (prefer) their mother to tell
them bedtime stories.
19. (they. Want) a horror movie before? Yes, they (watch) a plenty of such movies
before. Giaoandethitienganh.info
20. Jim (cook) so tired now. He (work) non-stop since the morning.
Bài 4. Đặt câu hỏi cho phần gạch châ của những câu dưới đây.
1. Mary has moved to her new house for 4 months.

2. The airplane takes off at 6pm tomorrow.

3. James and Jane are helping an old man cross the road.

4. The children visit their grandparents every two months.

5. This dress costs me $100 to buy.

6. The couple has sent a letter to their daughter.

7. Many people are queuing in front of the shop because a hot item is on sale.

8. They have watched this movie three times.

9. My mother is always complaining about my untidiness.

10. I often learn a new word by making sentences with it.

B. THÌ HIỆN TẠI ĐƠN VÀ HIỆN TẠI TIẾP DIỄN DIỄN TẢ TƯƠNG LAI
(PRESENT SIPLE AND PRESENT CONTINUOUS FOR FUTURE)
Cách dùng Ví dụ
Thì hiện tại đơn diễn tả tương lai khi nói về lịch làm - The train leaves Plymouth at 11:30 and arrives in
việc, thời gian biểu, lịch trình tàu xe… (như giao London at 14:45 (Đoàn tàu sẽ rời Plymouth lúc
thông công cộng, lịch chiếu phim, lịch phát sóng 11h30 và sẽ đến Luân Đôn lúc 14h45.)
chương trình truyền hình…) - It’s Friday tomorrow. (Ngày mai là thứ 6)
- The final exam is in May. (Bài kiểm tra cuối cùng
diễn ra vào tháng 5.)
Thì hiện tại tiếp diễn được sử dụng với nghĩa tương - What are you doing on Saturday evening?(Bạn sẽ
lai khi diễn tả một kế hoạch trong tương lai gần (có làm gì vào tối thứ 7?)
dự định trước) - I’m not working tomorrow, so we can go out
somewhere.(Ngày mai tôi sẽ không làm việc vì vậy
chúng ta có thể đi chơi đâu đó.)
BÀI TẬP VẬN DỤNG CƠ BẢN
Bài 5. Khoanh tròn vào phương án đúng, thì hiện tại đơn hoặc thì hiện tại tiếp diễn.
1. Tomorrow the sun (rises/is rising) at 6.44 and it (sets/ is setting) at 18.33.
2. I (don’t do anything/ am not doing anything) tonight. I want to relax.
3. What time (do you meet/ are you meeting) John on Sunday?
4. This year the school (ends/ is ending) on 28 June.
5. After the reconstruction the supermarket (opens/ is opening) on Monday again.
6. I can’t help you. I (see/ am seeing) the doctor this afternoon.
7. We’ve already booked our holiday. We (go/ are going) to Rome in May.
8. Could you meet us at the airport tomorrow morning? The plane (lands/ is landing) at 10.15.
9. The piano concert (doesn’t start/ is not starting) at 8 o’clock. It’s cancelled.
10. (Do you have/ Are you having) your birthday party this week or next week? I forgot.
Bài 6. Sửa lại lỗi sai được gạch chân trong mỗi câu sau.
1. Mike and Fred is leaving tomorrow morning.
Mike and Fred tomorrow morning.
2. Look, the concert is beginning at 6 o’clock.
Look, the concert at 6 o’clock.
3. Do you do anything tonight? Giaoandethitienganh.info
anything tonight?
4. Excuse me, what time the ship lands?
Excuse me, what time ?
5. I see my doctor this afternoon.
I my doctor this afternoon.
6. Where do you go on your holiday next summer?
Where on your holiday next summer?
7. The train is not leaving at 10.15. it is arriving at 10.15.
. The train at 10.15. It at 10.15.
8. Do you give Jill anything for her birthday this year?
Jill anything for her birthday this year?
9. This winter term classes are ending on 8 March.
This winter term classes on 8 March.
Bài 7. Gạch chân dưới các cum từ chỉ thời gian. Sau đó cho dạng đúng của động từ trong ngoặc ở thì
Hiện tại đơn hoặc Hiền tại tiếp diễn.
1. I Peter tonight. He us to a restaurant. (meet/ take)
2. The ferry at 9.00 from Dover and at 10.45 in Calais. (leave, land)
3. My parents their wedding anniversary next Sunday. They to Paris
(celebrate, go)
4. I a lecture this afternoon. And I tomorrow either. (not give, not
teach)
5. Why the exhibition tomorrow? When it place instead? (not
open, take)
6. How you to the party tonight? you a bus?
(get, catch)
Bài 8. Dựa vào từ cho sẵn, sắp xếp lại các từ và viết thành câu hoàn chỉnh ở thì Hiện tại đơn hoặc thì
Hiện tại tiếp diễn sao cho phù hợp.
1. to the dentist/ go/ I/ tomorrow.

2. tonight/ with/ have/ our business partner/ we/ dinner.

3. on/ my holiday/ July/ begin/ 10th

4. depart/ the train/ at 11.30/ platform 5/ from/.

5. to Africa/ you. When exactly/ fly/.

6. end/ when/ the art exhibition/.

7. go/ to the garden/ Miss Pitt/ on Sunday/.

8. at 9.45/as usual/ the plane/ take off/.

BÀI TẬP TỔNG HỢP NÂNG CAO
Bài 9. Chia động từ trong ngoặc sao cho thích hợp
Jim: Hello there, Daisy! Long time no see! It (1. Be) great to see you again.
Daisy: Oh, Jim! Hello! What a coincidence! (2. Not see) you for ages! It is great to see
you. What (3. You do) in London now or (4. You/ just visit) ?
Jim: Well, an engineering company (5.just offer) me a job, so I decided to rent a small
apartment near my company. Now I (6.look) for one with high standard but
reasonable price.
Daisy: Oh, I think it (7.be) very difficult to find that perfect apartment. You
should lower your standard if you (8.want) to find a cheap place to live.
Jim: Yeah, you (9.be) right. Hey, Daisy, let’s talk about you recently. (10.You still/work)
at the restaurant near your house?
Daisy: No, Jim. I quitted it three months ago. I couldn’t get on well with my manager. He (11.always shout)
even when my co-workers and I (12.make) just a small mistakes. Now I am
employed by a restaurant in the city center.
Jim: (13. It/be) very far from your house?
Daisy: It is. Every day I (14.have) to take the earliest train to commute to work. It
(15.set) off at 5am and it (16.often take) me half an hour to travel
to work.
Jim: You must wake up early in the morning.
Daisy: It was hard for me in the first few weeks but things (17.get) better and better
now. I (18.be) quite satisfied with my job now.
Bài 10. Dựa vào các từ cho sẵn, viết câu hoàn chỉnh.
1. They/not/want/ to/ buy/ new/ car/ now/ because/ they/not/ have/ enough/ money/ yet/.

2. You/ever/ speak/ to/ foreigner/ before?

3. I/ not/ know/ when/ the/ train/ leave/.

4. Rose/ often/ walk/ school/ but/ today/ she/ ride/ new/ bike/ at/ present/.

5. How much/ time/ you/ often/ spend/ on/ self-studying?

6. Who/ Jane/ talk/ to over/ there?

7. I/ not/ find/ my car key/ yet/. I/ call/ my husband/ to/ ask/ him/ about/ it/.

8. No one/ heard/ news/ about/ accident/ this morning/.

9. Everyone/ sleep/ now/ but/ I/ be/ awake.

10. How long/ it/ usually/ take/ you/ to/ finish/ your breakfast?

Bài 11. Hoàn thành đoạn hội thoại với những động từ cho sẵn dưới đây ở thì Hiện tại đơn hoặc thì
Hiện tại tiếp diễn sao cho phù hợp.
Take (x2) start (x2) leave go do depart get come
The big day
A: Have you heard of Brad and Mimi?
B: Brad and Mimi? What’s happened?
A: They (1) married on Saturday?
B: You’re joking. I didn’t know that Mimi fancied Brad. When (2) the wedding
place?
 A: It (3) place on Saturday. Didn’t you listen to me?
B: Of course I did. But what time (4) it ?
A: The wedding ceremony (5) at 11 o’clock in the All Saints church.
B: (6) you ?
A: Yes, I am. They’ve invited me.
B: Do you think I could join you?
A: Why not? I’m sure the church is going to be full. But I (7) early in the morning because
my dad (8) to work by car on Saturday and he can take me to the All Saints.
B: If your dad doesn’t mind
A: No problem. The more, the merrier, he always says. By the ways, (9) you - anything
tomorrow morning? We could buy some present for them.
B: Good idea. We can get the bus to the Macy’s shopping Gallery. It (10) at 9.35.
A: All right. See you at the bus stop. Bye.
A: Bye-bye.
Bài 12. Cho dạng đúng của độngt từ trong ngoặc ở thì hiện tại đơn hoặc thì Hiện tại tiếp diễn để diễn
tả tương lại.
1. The train at 9 at night. (arrive)
2. Giovanni to spend the weekend with us. (come)
3. What time you to the doctor’s on Wednesday? (go)
4. What time the film ? (start)
5. the concert at 7 or 8? (begin)
6. We a dinner party on Friday and you’re invited. (have)
7. Most shops in Spain until 10 am. (not open)
8. What time the corner shop ? (shut)
9. Where you in Bangkok? (stay)
10. My tai chi classes next week? (start)
11. Out flight in London at4 o’clock in the afternoon. (land)
12. Everything’s arranged. We house this Saturday. (move)
13. We at Litith’s Café this afternoon at four. (meet)
14. I’m sorry. I can’t meet up this weekend. We to Wales. (go)
15. Our ferry for lbiza at 6 tomorrow morning. (depart).

C.EXERCISES
TEST 1 UNIT 8
I. Choose the word that has the underlined part pronounced differently from the others.
1. A. vanilla B. vacuum C. add D. facsimile
2. A. whiten B. fiber C. zipper D. conveyor
3. A. remove B. wrote C. mold D. cocoa
4. A. follow B. powder C. show D. borrow
5. A. wood B. thousand C. procedure D. hairdryer
II. Choose the words that have the different stress from the others.
1. A. iconic B. monument C. territory D. difficulty
2. A. Singapore B. Philippines C. Canada D. India
3. A. native B. perhaps C. whisky D. accent
4. A. official B. excursion C. Thanksgiving D. spectacle
5. A. festive B. Arctic C. unique D. speaker
III. Complete the sentences, using the correct form of the words in brackets.
1. Charlie Chaplin was born in London, England. (legend)
2. In Canada, there are a lot of from various countries. (refuge)
3. Lake Wanaka is a scenery in New Zealand. (spectacle)
4. The Sydney Opera House is an monument of Australia. (icon)
5. The originates in Ireland and its associated islands. (Ireland)
 6. The Canadians are native of English. (speak)
7. English is an language of France. (official)
8. Thuy loves the koala in Australia. (absolute)
9. The violation of that company was yesterday. (exposure)
10. Do storm water and the atmosphere bring non- point source ? (pollution)
IV. Complete the sentences with the appropriate present tense of the verbs in brackets.
1. Since its beginning more than a century ago, the slouch hat one of the most
distinctive items of Australian clothing. (become)
2. For over 130 years, Akubra hats its legendary stories in Australia. (make)
3. Aberdeen in Scotland an important centre for the oil industry since the finding of oil
in the North Sea. (become)
4. Canada the longest land border in the world with the United States. (share)
5. Ireland the Eurovision Song Contest seven times. (win)
6. In Canada you should maintain eye contact while you hands. (shake)
7. In Canada, New Year’s Day a long tradition of celebration. (have)
8. First names used more frequently in Australia than in other countries. (be)
9. Recently, many places in New Zealand called with two names – one English, and one
Maori. (be)
10. Maori people the hongi – touching noses – to greet people they safe and familiar
with. (use - feel)
V. Complete the sentences with the appropriate present tense of the verbs in brackets.
1. Each of the 50 states an official state flower so far. (adopt)
2. Since 1965, the maples tree with the leaves the most well-known Canadian symbol.
(become)
3. At present, the National Cherry Blossom Festival in Washington, D.C. to celebrate
spring’s arrival. (occur)
4. Maori recognized as an official language of New Zealand since the Maori Language
Act of 1987. (be)
5. Canada made up of 10 provinces and 3 territories. (be)
6. Australia a range of different landscapes, including urban areas, mountain ranges, desert
and rain forests. (have)
7. Annually, the National Eisteddfod festival of Wales place for eight days at the start of
August. (take)
8. The Statue of Liberty over 12 million immigrants entering the USA through New
York Harbor since 1900. (welcome)
VI. Read the passage and then answer the questions.
THE CAMEL
The camel can go without water for a long time. Some people think it stores water in its hump. This is
not true. It stores food in its hump. The camel’s body changes the food into fat. Then it stores the fat in its
hump. It cannot store the fat all over its body. Fat all over an animal’s body keeps the animal warm. Camels
live in the desert. They do not want to be warm during the day.
The desert is very hot. The camel gets hotter and hotter during the day. It stores this heat in its body
because the nights are cool.
The Arabian camel has one hump. The Bactrian camel of Central Asia has two humps. It also has long,
thick hair because the winters are cold in Central Asia.
There is a lot of sand in the dessert. The camel has long eyelashes. Then sand cannot go into the camel’s
eyes.
Arabic has about 150 words to describe a camel. Arabs need all these words because the camel is very
important to them.
Questions
1. Where do camels live?
.................................................................................................................
 2. What does a camel store in its hump?
.................................................................................................................
3. The camel doesn’t store fat all over its body. Why?
.................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................
4. Why does it store heat during the day?
.................................................................................................................
5. Why does a Bactrian camel have long thick hair?
.................................................................................................................
VII. Read the following passage and then answer the questions below it.
In the world today there are 5,000 to 6,000 living languages, of which English is the most widely used.
As a mother tongue, it ranks second only to Chinese, which is little used outside China.
English is the most international of languages. It is used as the language of aviation, international sport
and pop music. Sixty percent of the world’s radio stations broadcast in English, and more than half of the
world’s scientific papers are printed in English.
It is true that a great number of people are involved in the use of English. To people in Africa, Asia, and
South America, English is an important foreign language to master. In most countries in the world, the
English language is used as the language of business, commerce, and technology. English is now an
effective medium of international communication. However, it is the written English which is not
systematically phonetic, that causes difficulties to non-native speakers.
1. Which language is used as the language of aviation, international sport and pop music?

2. Why is English an important foreign language used in many countries?

3. What difficulties may learners of English be confronted with? Why?

4. Name three countries in which English is spoken as a first language.

5. As a mother tongue, why does English rank second only to Chinese?

VIII. Fill in the blank in the following passage with ONE suitable word.
ability began in official
written students population Therefore

English is the (1) language of the Philippines. English- medium education (2)
in the Philippines in 1901 after the arrival of some 540 US teachers. English was also chosen for
newspapers and magazines, the media, and literary writing.
The latest results from a rent survey suggest that about 65 percent of the (3) of the Philippines
has the (4) to understand spoken and (5) English, with 48 percent stating that they
can write standard English.
The economy is based on English, and successful workers and managers are fluent (6)
English. (7) , many schools know that their (8) must be fluent in English
to be successful.

IX. Read the passage and answer the questions below.

ENGLISH IS CONFUSING
“Good evening, everybody!” said the teacher, Donna. “Where is everybody?” That was sort of a daily
joke by Donna. Usually the class started with only two or three students present, and then filled up as the
minutes went by. It was summertime. Summer school was only eight weeks long. Class attendance was
always smaller than during fall and spring semesters.
“I don’t know, teacher. Maybe they late or no come,” said one student. “Maybe watching TV football
tonight.”
 “Is there a soccer game tonight? It seems like there’s a soccer game every night. Oh, well. Let’s get
started, okay? We’re on page 36 in the workbook. Tonight we’re studying participles as adjectives. Students
are always confused when they learn about the present and past participles, so we will practice this a lot.
Tonight, we’re just going to practice the present participle.
“The present participle tells us what emotion or feeling the subject is causing. For example, ‘Grammar is
boring’ means that the subject – grammar – causes an emotion of boredom. If we say, ‘The movie is
interesting,’ we are saying that the movie causes a feeling of interest. If we say, ‘The roller coaster is
exciting,’ we are saying that the roller coaster causes a feeling of excitement. Any questions so far? Am I
confusing you? Is everyone confused?”
The classroom was quiet. Donna looked at blank faces. They were confused. She knew this would take a
while. But eventually, the faster students would grasp it, and then they would help the slower students. By
the end of the evening, most of the class would feel comfortable using the present participle.
Donna erased the board and put some new examples on it. She loved guiding her students through
difficult topics like this one. She always felt a little bit thrilled when the look of understanding came to their
faces.
1. What was Donna’s daily joke?
.....................................................................................................
2. How many students were usually present when class started?
.....................................................................................................
3. Which season was it?
.....................................................................................................
4. How long did summer school last?
.....................................................................................................
5. What was always smaller in the summer?
.....................................................................................................
6. What were some absent students doing, perhaps?
.....................................................................................................
7. What was tonight’s subject?
.....................................................................................................
X. Reorder the words to make the sentences.
1. is/ but/ not/ Canberra/ the/, / is/ Australia/ capital/ of/ Sydney.
.............................................................................................................................
2. Maori/ native/ of/ New Zealand/ people/ the/ are/ the/ Island/ in/ North.
.............................................................................................................................
3. Washington D.C/ opens/ Museum/ a.m./ at Children’s/ in/ 10.00/ National/ The.
.............................................................................................................................
4. monument/ San Francisco/ Bridge/ of/ The/ an/ iconic/ Gate/ is/ Golden.
.............................................................................................................................
5. its/ years/ language/ for/ considered/ Malaysia/ as/ has/ official/ English.
TEST 2 UNIT 8
I. Write the words from the box in the correct part of the table, according to the stress pattern.
examinee interviewee trainee absentee devotee
committee coffee nominee referee trustee
refugee expellee addressee jubilee guarantee
divorcee payee Sudanese Burmese Lebanese
Maltese Nepalese Congolese Japanese Vietnamese
Chinese Senegalese Togolese Viennese Annamese
 Oo

Ooo

oOo

oOoo

ooOo

II. Choose the word which has a different stress pattern from the others.
1. A. coffee B. Chinese C. payee D. trainee
2. A. referee B. guarantee C. Japanese D.jubilee
3. A. refugee B. committee C. absentee D. Taiwanese
4. A.Viennese B. Chinese C. Burmese D. Maltese
5. A. engineer B. volunteer C. mountaineer D. reindeer
III. Fill in each blank with the correct word from the box.
quality sincere diverse native unique
wealthy resources accents official symbol

1. English and Welsh are the two languages of Wales.

2. Canada is rich in such as zinc, nickel, lead and gold.
3. Australia is home to a variety of animals, including the koala, kangaroo, emu,
kookaburra and platypus.
4. Australia is a relatively country with a high life expectancy.
5. The US is a country with a multicultural society.
6. In Canada, the handshake should be firm and accompanied by direct eye contact and a smile.
7. In Quebec, if you give wine, make sure it is of the highest you can afford.
8. The American bald eagle was chosen as the national bird of the United States in 1782.
9. Australian do not vary from area to area like in many other countries.
10. In Singapore, the number of speakers of English is still rising.
IV. Complete the sentences with the appropriate present tense of the verbs in brackets.
1. Canada made up of 10 provinces and 3 territories. (be)
2. Australia a range of different landscapes, including urban areas,
mountain ranges, deserts and rain forests. (have)
3. Annually, the National Eisteddfod festival of Wales place for eight days at the
start of August. (take)
4. The Statue of Liberty over 12 million immigrants entering the USA through
New York Harbor since 1900. (welcome)
5. Each of the 50 states an official state flower so far. (adopt)
6. Since 1965, the maple tree with the leaves the most well - known Canadian
symbol. (become)
the most well-
7. At present, the National Cherry Blossom Festival in Washington, D.C. to
celebrate spring's arrival. (occur)
8. Maori recognized as an official language of New Zealand since the Maori Language
Act of 1987. (be)
V. Complete the sentences with the appropriate present tense of the verbs in brackets.
1. In Canada, New Year's Day a long tradition of celebration. (have)
2. First names used more frequently in Australia than in other countries. (be)
 3. Recently, many places in New Zealand called with two names - one
English, and one Maori (be)
4. Maori people the hongi- touching noses - to greet people they safe and familiar
with. (use - feel)
5. Since its beginning more than a century ago, the slouch hat one of the most distinctive
items of Australian clothing. (become)
6. For over 130 years, Akubra hats its legendary stories in Australia. (make)
7. Aberdeen in Scotland an important centre for the oil industry since the finding
of oil in the North Sea. (become)
8. Canada the longest land border in the world with the United States.(share)
9. Ireland the Eurovision Song Contest seven times. (win)
10. In Canada you should maintain eye contact while you hands. (shake)
VI. Fill in each blank of the passage with the words in the box.
allows gives takes wheel icomic close high symbol
The London Eye
At 135 metres, the London Eye is the world’s tallest observation (1) . It has become the
modern (2) representing the capital of England and a global icon.
The gradual rotation in one of the 32 high-tech glass capsules (3) about 30 minutes and (4)
you a view of London. Within each capsule, the interactive guide (5) you to explore the
capital's (6) landmarks in several languages.
An experience on the London Eye will lift you (7) enough to see up to 40 kilometres on a
clear day and keep you (8) enough to see the spectacular details of the city beneath you.

VII. Choose the word or phrase among A, B, C or Dthat best fits the blank space in the following
passage.
Maple Tree
Trees have (1) a meaningful role in the (2) development of Canada and
continue to be of commercial, environmental and aesthetic importanceto all Canadians. Maples contribute
valuable wood products, keep the maple sugar (3) alive and help to beautify the landscape.
Since 1965 the maple leaf (4) the most important feature of the Nation Flag of Canada and the
maple tree with the leaves has become the most well-known Canadian (5) , nationally and
internationally. Maple leaf and badges are proudly (6) by Canadians abroad, and are recognized
around are the world. (7) the maple leaf is closely associated with Canada, the maple tree was
never officially recognized (8) Canada's emblem until 1996.
1. A. taken B. given C. done D. played
2. A. history B. historical C. historic D. historian
3. A. industry B. industries C. industrial D. industrially
4. A. was B. have been C. has been D. is
5. A. sign B. symbol C. tree D. leaf
6. A. wear B. wore C. worn D. to be worn
7. A. Because B. So C. But D. Although
8. A. of B. with C. as D. for
VIII. Read the passage and then decide whether the statements are true (T) or false (F)
The Kiwi
The kiwi lives only in New Zealand. It is a very strange bird because it cannot fly. The kiwi the same
size as a chicken. It has no wings or tail. It does not have any fathers like other birds.
A kiwi likes a lot of trees around it. It sleeps during the day because the sunlight hurts its eyes. It can
smell things with its noise. It is the only bird in the world that can smell things. The kiwi's eggs are very
big.
There are only a few kiwis in New Zealand now. New Zealanders want their kiwis to live. There is a
picture of a kiwi on New Zealand money. People from New Zealand are sometimes called kiwis.
 T F
1. Kiwis live in Australia and New Zealand.  
2. A kiwi has a tail but no wings.  
3. It sleeps during the day because light hurts its eyes.  
4. People in New Zealand do not want all the kiwis to die.  
5. The kiwi is a strange New Zealand bird.  
IX. Choose the item among A, B, C or D that best answers the question about the passage.
The Hopi of Arizona
The Hopi live in the northwestern part of Arizona inthe United States. With modern things all around
them, the Hopi keep their traditions.
There are about ten thousand Hopi and they live in twelve villages in the desert. The weather is very
hot in summer, but in winter it freezes. The wind blows hard. Farming is difficult. Corn is the Hopi's main
food, but they plant vegetables, too. They raise sheep, goats, and cattle. They also eat hamburgers, ice
cream and drink soft drinks. They live in traditional stone houses, but many of them have telephones,
radios. and television. They have horses, but they have trucks too.
Kachinasare an important part of the Hopi religion.Kachinasare spirits of dead people, of rocks,
plants, and animals, and of the stars. Men dress as kachinas and do religious dance. People also make
wooden kachinas. No two wooden kachinasare ever alike.
The children attend school, and they also learn the Hopi language, dances, stories. The Hopi want a
comfortable, modern life, but they don't want to lose their traditions.
1. The Hop .
A. want modern things instead of traditional ones
B. want traditional things instead of modern ones
C. don't want to remember their traditions
D. want both modern and traditional things
2. Winters in this part of Arizona are .
A. hot B. warm C. cool D. cold
3. The main Hopi food is .
A. corn B. hamburgers C. beef D. vegetables
4. Kachinas are .
A. men B. something to eat C. animals D. spirits
5. The Hopi don't want to their traditions.
A. lose B. hit C. remember D. learn
6. The main idea of the passage is .
A. the Hopi raise crops and animals in the Arizona desert
B. kachinas are spirits of the things around the Hopi
C. the Hopi keep their traditions even with modern life all around them
D. the Hopi want a comfortable, modern life
X. Read the passage carefully, and then answer the questions below.
Easy English?
English is an important global language, but thatdoesn't mean it is easy. Many experts have tried to
make English easier to learn, but they weren't always successful.
In 1930, Professor CK Ogden of Cambridge University invented Basic English. It had only 850 words
(and just eighteen verbs) and Ogden said most people could learn it in just thirty hours. The problem was
that people who learned Basic English could write and say simple messages, but they couldn't understand
the answers in ‘real’ English! It was also impossible to explain a word if it wasn't in the Basic English
word list.
RE Zachrisson, a university professor in Sweden, decided that the biggest problem for learners of
English was spelling, so he invented a language called Anglic. Anglic was similar to English, but with
much simpler spelling. ‘Father’ became ‘faadher’,‘new’ became ‘nue’ and ‘years’ became ‘yeerz’.
Unfortunately, for some students of English, Anglic never became popular.
 Even easier is the language which ships’ captains use: it is called ‘Seaspeak’. Seaspeak uses a few
simple phrases for every possible situation. In Seaspeak, for example, you don't say,‘I didn't understand,
can you repeat that?" it is just, "Say again." No more grammar!
In the age of international communication through the Internet, a new form of English might appear.
A large number of the world's e-mails are in English and include examples of ‘NetLingo’ like OIC (Oh, I
see) and TTYL (Talk to you later)
l. What is the role of English?

2. When did Professor Ogden invent Basic English? How many words did it have?

3. Why did Professor Zachrisson invent Anglic? What happened to it?

4. What is the feature of Seaspeak?

5. What has appeared in the age of international communication through the Internet?

XI. Read the passage carefully, and then answer the questions below.
The Maori of New Zealand
The Maori arrived in New Zealand from other Polynesian islands over a thousand years ago. They
were the first people to live there. They made beautiful wooden buildings with pictures cut into the wood.
There are about 280,000 Maori today. Maori have brown skin, dark brown eyes, and wavy black hair.
In 1840, they agreed to become a British colony, and they learned European ways quickly.Today
there are Maori in all kinds of jobs. They attend schools anduniversities and become lawyers and
scientists. There are Maori in the government. Most of them live like the white New Zealanders.
However, the Maori do not forgot their traditions. Children learn the language, music and old stories.
They have yearly competitions in speaking, dancing, and singing. The Maori live a comfortable, modern
life, but they keep their traditions by passing them to their children.
Task 1: Read the passage, and then decide whether the statements are true (T) or false (F).
T F
1. The Maori are Polynesians.  
2. New Zealand is an island country.  
3. The Maori look like the Chinese.  
4. The Maori live only by hunting and fishing.  
5. The Maori like music.  
Task 2: Read the passage again, and write short answers to the questions.
6. Where did the Maori come from?

7. How many Maori are there?

8. What do the Maori look like?

9. How do most Maori live today?

10. What do they do at their yearly competitions?

XII. Read the passage and do the tasks that follow.

The Sydney Opera House
The Sydney Opera House is built on Bennelong Point, in Sydney Harbour, close to the Sydney
Harbour Bridge. The first known concert on Bennelong Point was held in March 1791. Public pressure to
build a suitable concert facility in Sydney became greater in the 1940s. In 1955, the New South Wales
government announced an international competition for the design of "an opera house". Danish
architectJornUtzon’sentry was selected as the winning design. His design was for a complex with two
 theatresside by side on a large podium. This was covered by interlocking concrete shells, which acted as
both wall and roof. A third smaller shell set apart from the others was to cover the restaurant.
The construction of the Opera was sometimes difficult andcontroversial withJornUtzonresigning from
the project in 1966. However, the OperaHouse was officially opened by Queen Elizabeth II on 20
October 1973. The Sydney Opera House became a UNESCOWorld Heritage Site in 2007.
Task 1: Match the underlined words in the text with their meanings, and write each answer in the
blank.
1. entry (n) A. joined together, especially by one part fitting into other
2. podium (n) B. causing public discussion and disagreement
3.interlocking (adi) C. a thing that is entered for a competition
4.controversial (adj) D. a platform
Task 2: Read the passage, and then decide whether the statements are true (T) or false (F).
T F
5. It is a short distance between the Sydney Opera House and the Sydney HarbourBridge.  

6. The site for the Sydney Opera House had never been used for concert before the  
modern construction.
7. The New South Wales government had the plan to build the Sydney Opera House  
because of public pressure.
8. Architects from any countries in the world could send their entries to the competition.  
9. Interlocking concrete shells have acted as the walls and roofs of the two theaters.  
10. The third shell was built for a restaurant.  
11. JornUtzon had no difficulty in directing the construction.  
12. The Sydney opera House became a UNESCO World Heritage site when the Opera had  
been in operation for 20 years.
XIII. Write full sentences about Junior Summer Camp in San Francisco, using the words and
phrases given. Put the verbs in the present simple for future meaning.
Junior Summer Camp in San Francisco, California
1. Our junior summer camp/ offer/ learners aged 10 17/all over the world/ opportunity/ improve/ their
English language skills.

2. We/ offer/ a full afternoon and evening social programme/ include/ a variety of sports activities/
visits/ local sites of interest.

3. On their first day/ students/ take/ a test/ ensure/ they/ placed/ at an appropriate level.

4. On arrival/ students/ also receive/ a welcome pack/include/ information/ the course/ a free student
bag.

5. Students/ have/ progress test/ in class/ every two weeks/ meet individually/ their teacher/ review/ their
progress.

6. At the end/ the course/ students/ receive/ certificate/as a record/ their English language studies.

TEST 3 UNIT 8
I. Find the word which has a different sound in the underlined part.
1. A. Taiwanese B. employee C. monument D. volunteer
2. A. parade B. attraction C. adoptee D. iconic
3. A. referee B. obese C. disagree D. nationality
4. A. accent B. awesome C. cattle D. koala
5. A. official B. aquatic C. Chinese D. politic
 II. Circle the word with a different stress pattern from the others.
1. A.degree B. affect C. obese D. algea
2. A. billboard B. awesome C. examinee D. accent
3. A. legend B. addressee C. cantonese D. employee
4. A. refugee B. trainee C. Japanese D. engineer

III. Give the correct form of verb in brackets.

1. Julie (read) in the garden.
2. What (we/have) for dinner tonight?
3. Jannet often (come) over for dinner.
4. She (not study) now, she (watch) TV.
5. How often (you/go) to restaurants?
6. She (take) a salsa dancing class every Tuesday.
7. Take your umbrella, it (rain)
8. (you/like) spicy food?
9. (she/ often/ go) to Scotland?
10. We (not/drink) much wine.

IV. Complete each sentence with the suitable form of word provided.
1. Scotland is for its rich culture and its amazing natural beauty. (FAME)
2. The council has promised to deal with the problem of among young people.
(EMPLOY)
3. The between Vietnam and America is good. (FRIEND)
4. The anthem of Viet Nam is sung. (NATION)
5. The Glastonbury Festival in England is a of music and it attracts thousands people.
(CELEBRATE)
6. California is home to the most theme park in the world. (ICON)
7. They enjoy the atmosphere here. PEACE
8. The founder of the city was Helenus, son of Priam, and Virgil. (LEGEND)
V. Give the correct form of the verb in brackets.
1. The Little Saigon Tet Parade (be) to celebrate the Lunar New Year and to preserve and promote
Vietnamese culture.
2. This is the first time I (visit) Sydney Opera House in Australia.
3. We (organize) successfully 3 events so far this semester.
4. Mount Rushmore (become) an iconic symbol of the United States, and has appeared in
works of fiction. It (attract) over two million people annually.
5. Stonehenge (be) a legally protected Scheduled Ancient Monument since 1882.
6. The Sydney Opera House (include) a number of performance venues such as: Concert Hall,
Joan Sutherland Theatre, Drama Theatre and Playhouse.
7. America's National Independence Day parade (take place) annually on July 4th at
11:45 am in Washington, D.C.
8. At the moment, Anna (take part in) the cooking contest at summer camp in New
York.
9. England (be) one part of the United Kingdom.
10. Hundreds of people (parade) to celebrate Vietnamese Independence Day.
VI. Read the text and choose the best answer for each sentence.
The United States
The United States is a large country. It is the third largest in the whole world! It is located in a continent
called North America. Parts of the United States touch three different oceans. The United States has tall
mountains, wide plains, deserts, hills, rivers, lakes, volcanoes, and even rainforests! People from all over the
world have come to live the United States.
 There are 50 states in the United States. The newest states, Alaska and Hawaii, are not connected to the
other states. Alaska is the largest state and Hawaii is a chain of islands in the Pacific Ocean.

1. The United States is the country in the world.

A. second largest B. largest C. smallest D. third largest
2. Alaska is and Hawaii is .
A. a chain of islands, the largest state
B. the largest state: a chain of islands
C. a chain of islands; the largest state
D. not connected to the other states, the largest state.
3. The United States does not have .
A. 50 states B. volcanoes C. mountains D. continents
4. Parts of the United States touch different oceans.
A. 1 B. 2 C. 4 D. 3
5. What continent is the United States in?
A. North America B. Australia C. Africa D. Europe
VII. Read the text and choose the best answer for each sentence.
BALD EAGLE
The Bald Eagle is a majestic bird. The adult bird has a brown body, brown wings, white head, and large,
hooked yellow bill. Younger birds appear all brown.
Bald Eagles almost always live near water because their main food source is fish. Sometimes, however,
Bald Eagles will eat dead animals. They will even steal food from other birds such as ospreys and gulls! It
was for this reason that the famous Patriot Benjamin Franklin preferred the Wild Turkey as America's
National symbol. Nevertheless, the Bald Eagle remains America's symbol.

1. How are younger Bald Eagles different from adult Bald Eagles?
A. They are smaller. B. They have lighter bodies.
C. They have black bills. D. They are totally brown.
2. The author seemed surprised that…
A. bald eagles eat fish. B. the bald eagle is America's
symbol.
C. bald eagles steal food from other birds. D. bald eagles have white heads.
3. What color is the Bald Eagle's bill?
A. yellow B. black C. white D. brown
4. Why do Bald Eagles usually live near water?
A. Bald Eagles eat fish. B. It protects the nest from
predators.
C. Bald Eagles like to swim. D. Because they steal food.
5. Benjamin Franklin thought .
A. the Bald Eagle was a fine choice as America's symbol.
B. The Bald Eagle was a better choice as America's symbol than the Wild Turkey.
C. Neither the Wild Turkey or Bald Eagle were good choices as America's symbol.
D. The Wild Turkey was a better choice as America's symbol than the Bald Eagle.

VIII. Read the text then choose the best answer.

CHRISTOPHER COLUMBUS
Christopher Columbus was born in Genoa, Italy in 1451. While spending most of his early years at sea,
Columbus began to believe that he could find a shortcut to the Indies by sailing west across the Atlantic
Ocean. Unfortunately, the King of Portugal refused to finance such a trip, and Columbus was forced to
present his idea to the King and Queen of Spain. In 1492, King Ferdinand and Queen Isabella agreed to pay
for his trip. They gave him a crew and three ships, the Nina, Pinta and Santa Maria. Columbus sailed aboard
the Santa Maria.
 The trip was long and hard. Many sailors grew restless and wanted to turn around. After two months at
sea, land was finally sighted. The ships docked was on the island of Hispaniola. Columbus named the native
people he saw "Indians”, because he believed he had found the shortcut he was looking for. In actuality,
Columbus found North America, a brand new continent at that time. Columbus, however, couldn't be
convinced. He died with the belief he had shortcut to Indies. Soon, however, other explorers and nations
understood the importance of his discoveries. Columbus' discoveries set the stage for the Age of
Exploration, one of the most fascinating and exciting times in world history.
1. Where was A Christopher Columbus born?
A.The New World B.Portugal C.Spain D.Italy
2 Which is NOT true?
A. Columbus was born in Italy.
B. Columbus received three ships and a crew from the King and Queen of Spain.
C. Columbus found a shortcut to the Indies.
D. The journey across the Atlantic took two months.
3. Which of the following was NOT one of his ships?
A.Nina B.Isabella C.Pinta D.Santa Maria
4. Why was Christopher Columbus very important?
A. He believed he found a shortcut to the Indies.
B. He first used the word "Indians".
C. He discovered a whole new continent.
D. He was one of the bravest explorers of all time.
IX. Read the text again then fill in the blank with a suitable word or phrase from the text.
1. Columbus believed he could find a shortcut to the .
2. The King of refused to finance his trip.
3. In the year , Columbus set sail.
4. What did Columbus name the native people he saw? .

X. Reorder the words to make meaningful sentence.

1. California/ most/ home/ is/ to/ the/ theme/ in/ iconic/ the/ park/ world.

2. The Golden Gate Bridge/ in/ is / icon/ an/ of/ this/ city./ San Francisco/ famous..

3. Australia/ home/ is/ to/ animals/ like/ unique/ the/ and/ koala./ kangaroo//

4. Scotland/ for/ is/ its/ castles/ historic/ famous/ centuries-old//.

5. Australia/ the/ biggest/ has/ cattle/ in/ the/ station/ world.

6. The/ garment/ of/ traditional/ men/ is/ Scottish/ kit.

XI. What is your favourite vacation spot? write a paragraph from 100 words to tell about this place.
You should write:
- What's the name of this spot?
- Where is it?
- How often do you come here?
- Who do you often go with?
- What do you often do here and why do you like it?

UNIT 9 :NATURAL DISASTERS (THẢM HỌA THIÊN NHIÊN)

A- VOCABULARY
1. accommodation (n) /əˌkɒməˈdeɪʃn/: chỗ ở
2. bury (v) /ˈberi/: chôn vùi, vùi lấp
3. collapse (v) /kəˈlæps/: đổ, sập, sụp, đổ sập
4. damage (n) /ˈdæmɪdʒ/: sự thiệt hại, sự hư hại
5. disaster (n) /dɪˈzɑːstə/: tai họa, thảm họa
6. drought (n) /draʊt/: hạn hán
7. earthquake (n) /ˈɜːθkweɪk/: trận động đất
8. erupt (v) /ɪˈrʌpt/: phun (núi lửa)
9. eruption (n) ɪˈrʌpʃn/: sự phun (núi lửa)
10. evacuate (v) /ɪˈvækjueɪt/: sơ tán
11. forest fire (n) /ˈfɒrɪst faɪər/: cháy rừng
12. homeless (adj) /ˈhəʊmləs/: không có nhà cửa, vô gia cư
13. mudslide (n) /ˈmʌdslaɪd/: lũ bùn
14. put out (v) /pʊt aʊt/: dập tắt (lửa..)
15. rage (v) /reɪdʒ/: diễn ra ác liệt, hung dữ
16. rescue worker (n) /ˈreskjuː ˈwɜːkə/: nhân viên cứu hộ
17. scatter (v) /ˈskætə/: tung, rải, rắc
18. shake (v) /ʃeɪk/: rung, lắc, làm rung, lúc lắc
19. tornado (n) /tɔːˈneɪdəʊ/: lốc xoáy
20. trap (v) /træp/: làm cho mắc kẹt
21. tsunami (n) /tsuːˈnɑːmi/: sóng thần
22. typhoon (n) /taɪˈfuːn/: bão nhiệt đới
23. victim (n) /ˈvɪktɪm/: nạn nhân
24. volcanic (adj) /vɒlˈkænɪk/: thuộc núi lửa
25. volcano (n) /vɒlˈkeɪnəʊ/: núi lửa

B-GRAMMAR
I- ÔN TẬP CÂU BỊ ĐỘNG (PASSIVE VOICE)
Thì Cấu trúc câu chủ động Cấu trúc câu bị động
Hiện tại đơn S + V (s/es) S + am/is/are + VpII
People speak English here. English is spoken here.
Hiện tại tiếp diễn S + am/is/are + V-ing S + am/is/are + being + VpII
They are building a new house. A new house is being built
Hiện tại hoàn thành S + have/has + VpII S + have/has been + VpII
We have cleaned our car. Our car has been cleaned.
Quá khứ đơn S + Ved/V2 S + was/were + VpII
Someone cleaned the room yesterday. The room was cleaned yesterday.
Quá khứ tiếp diễn S + was/were + V-ing S + was/were being + VpII
They were making a cake when I A cake was being made when I
arrived. arrived.
Tương lai đơn S + will + V-inf S + will be + VpII
The government will pass the new law The new law will be passed next
next month. month.
Tương lai tiếp diễn S + will be + V-ing S + will be being + VpII
She will be singing a song when the The song will be being sung when the
prime minister comes in. prime minister comes in.
BÀI TẬP VẬN DỤNG CƠ BẢN
Bài 1: Khoanh tròn vào đáp án đúng.
1. Yesterday my brother (bought/was bought me) a new T-shirt.
2. Who (was broken/broke) the vase?
3. Yesterday I was having dinner when my door (was knocked/was knocking).
4. At the moment my car (is polishing/is being polished) by my brother.
5. This car (has been used/has used) by Mr. Smith for 5 years.
6. The early train to Manchester city (leaves/is left) at 6 am tomorrow.
7. No one (has heard/has been heard) about the accident last night.
8. If you work hard, you (will reward/will be rewarded).
9. (Have the police caught/Have the poloce been caught) the thieves yet?
10. Which dress (chose/was chosen) to wear by Jane last night?
11. At this time next month, I (will be visiting/will be visited) London with my family.
12. The children (are looking/are being looked) after by a babysister.
13. You (will be receive/ will receive) a lot of compliments if you win the contest.
14. Jim didn’t realize that his wallet (stole/was stolen) until he came home.
15. (Was you brought/Was you bringing) by your grandparents when you were small?
Bài 2: Hoàn thành các câu sau với thể bị động của động từ trong ngoặc ở thì thích hợp.
1. I (usually take) to the cinema by my parents every month.
2. (Jim/inform) of the exact date of the conference? No, he wasn’t.
3. The concert (broadcast) live tomorrow.
4. Yesterday, temparature (forecast) to reach 400C.
5. At this time tomorrow, a birthday cake (make) for our best friend Jessy.
6. Who (rob) of all the properties last week?
7. All the members (treat) equally in our organization.
8. Nothing (do) so far to prepare for the coming storm.
9. When I was small, I often (call) by my nickname.
10. Yesterday, Jim was playing with his dog when the doorbell (ring) .
11. What (do) so far to lessen the impact of natural disasters?
12. At 8 o’clock yesterday, my brother (feed) by my mother while I (look) after
by my father.
13. This film (never show) on television before.
14. If you submit your assignment late, you (punish) by your teacher.
15. I think more attempts (make) in the future to protect people from natura catastrophes.
16. No feasible solutions to this problem (put) forward yet.
17. I don’t think that black café (prefer) by many people.
18. Last week, everyone in my class (snow) under.
19. (these sheep raise) by the local people?
20. Every student (anticipate) to finish their essay before the deadline.
Bài 3: Chuyển những câu chủ động sau đây thành câu bị động.
1. Jim will pick me to the airport tomorrow.

2. Peter wrote his report last week.

3. They will replace the old equipment with new one.

4. What will they do to prevent natural disasters?

5. I think we will soon use up the natural resourses.

6. The children water the trees every two days.

7. They never mentioned Jim in their conversation.

8. At this time next month I will be sitting an English text.

9. When will they sell their new products?

10. At midnight, my brother and I was making a wish list.

11. My mother is preparing dinner at the moment.

12. No one will buy products with poor quality.

13. They will not allow your dog to enter the museum.

14. Have anyone heard of Jim and Jane’s luxury wedding?

15. The boys are using the computer to look up information.

Bài 4: Chuyển những câu bị động dưới đây thành câu chủ động.
1. A gift was sent to me by my old students.

2. You are not allow by the teacher to cheat in the exam.

3. My table is being fixed by my father.

4. How long has this fax machine been used by Mr. Green?

5. The singer was not recognized by his fan when he was at the restaurant.

6. He will be disqualified from the competition by the judges if he uses drugs.

7. All the unnecessary lights will be turned off to save energy.

8. Jane was prevented from staying up too late by her mother.

9. Was this document typed by Mr. Brown?

10. Many dead people were found by the recuers after the earthquake.

Bài 5: Sắp xếp các từ đã cho thành câu hoàn chỉnh.

1. Jim/one/preferred/Which/ - /tea/is/coffee/by/or?

2. been/Many/caused/problems/that/storm/fierce/have/by.

3. Many/tornado/were/buildings/by/the/destroyed/last/night.

4. caused/Numerous/diseases/are/lack/by/of/water/fresh/the.

5. At/extra/the/moment/atentions/,/paid/to/are/storm/upcoming/the.

6. person/a/was/left/Not/behind/single/the/flood/in.

7. are/All/victims/flood/the/helped/local/the/by authorities/being.

8. Shelters/be/to/provided/will/homeless/in/next/few/people/months/the.

9. No/severely/was/one/tornado/yesterday/injured/in/the.

10. a/scientists/now/A/is/speech/delivered/being/by/renowed.
II- THÌ QUÁ KHỨ HOÀN THÀNH (PAST PERFECT)
Cấu trúc (+) S + had + VpII (past
participle) (-) S + had not/hadn’t +
VpII.
(?) Had+ S + VpII?
🡒 Yes, S + had./No, S + hadn’t.
Ví dụ (+) I had left when they came. (Khi họ đến thì tôi đã rời đi rồi).
(-) I hadn’t left when they came. (Khi họ đến thì tôi đã không rời đi).
(?) Had you left when they came? (Khi họ đến, bạn đã rời đi rồi à?)
Had you not left when they came? (Khi họ đến, bạn đã không rời đi à?)
Hadn’t you left when they came? (Khi họ đến, bạn đã không rời đi à?)
Cách dùng - Diễn tả một hành động đã được hoàn tất trước một hành động khác trong quá khứ.
Ví dụ: He had left the house before she came.
- Diễn tả một hành động đã được hoàn tất trước một thời điểm xác định trong quá khứ.
Ví dụ: We had had lunch by two o’clock yesterday.
By the age of 25, he had written two famous novels.
Dấu hiệu by + thời gian trong quá khứ
nhận biết before, after, when, by the time, as soon as, as…….
BÀI TẬP VẬN DỤNG CƠ BẢN
Bài 6: Hoàn thành những câu sau, sử dụng thì quá khứ hoàn thành của động từ.
1. When I arrived at the station, the train (leave) .
2. My friend (live) in China before she moved to American.
3. They (never been) here before.
4. After I (finish) my breakfast, I went to work.
5. The student (not finish) their assignments so they were in great troubles.
6. After the couple (eat) seafood at a seaside restauran, they felt sick.
7. If you (listen) to my advice, you wouldn’t have made that silly mistake.
8. What did Jim do after he (finish) his homework?
9. The trees were dead because it (be) dry all the summer.
10. (you/meet) Jane anywhere before?
11. Yesterday I was late for the train becase I (forget) my ticket home.
12. Peter told me that he (prepare) every thing for his party.
13. The grass was yellow as it (not rain) all summer.
14. The electricity was cut off because we (not pay) our hydro bill on time.
15. We (not eat) all the morning sowe felt very hungry.
Bài 7: Khoanh tròn vào đáp án đúng.
1. My co-worker (had not used/didn’t use) email before, so I showed him how to use it.
2. Because I (hadn’t studied/didn’t study) for the test, I was very nervous.
3. The wave (had destroyed/ destroyed) the sandcastle that we had built yesterday.
4. When shewent out to meet her friends, she (had already done/ already did) all the chores.
5. The waitress brought a drink that I (didn’t order/ hadn’t ordered) before.
6. (Had you given/ did you give) James a ring before you dropped by his apartment?
7. Susan (took/had taken) a rest after she had washed all the dishes.
8. When Jim came to the meeting, everyone (had left/left).
9. Before she had dinner, she (had washed/washed) her hands carefully.
10. Before I (had gone/went) out, I asked my parents for permissions.
11. I could not remember the name of the man we (met/had met) the week before.
12. We (ate/had eaten) all the cakes mymom had made.
13. Before she (came/had come) home, she had met some of her old friends.
14. Before Jane (started/ had started) to make the cake, she had prepared all the ingredients.
15. I (had fed/fed) my cat before I left home.
Bài 8: Dựa vào những từ cho trước, viết câu hoàn chỉnh.
1. By/age/of/twelve/Jim/be/able/to/speak/English/fluently.

2. She/gain/a lot of/working/experience/before/she/apply/for/that/job.

3. We/be/great/troubles/because/we/spend/all/the/money.

4. My father/know/well/about/London/because/he/be/there/many/times.

5. My friend/study/Japanese/before/she/move/to/Japan.

6. Peter/own/a/big/house/for/10 years/before/he/move/to/countryside.

7. Where/you/live/before/1954?

8. Our team/encounter/many/obstacles/before/we/succeed.

9. Cindy/be/sick/until/she/stop/eating/junk food.

10. I/be/in/Canada/for/7 years/before/I/move/to/America.

BÀI TẬP TỔNG HỢP NÂNG CAO

Bài 9: Đánh dấu [] trước câu đúng, đánh dấu [x] trước câu có lỗi sai và sửa lại cho đúng.
1. The tallest building in our city was collapsed last week.

2. All the people in my village have already evacuated before the food.

3. How many people were the rescuers found yesterday?

4. Temporary shelters will be providing to the food victims.

5. Their houses swept away in the storm.

6. Were anyone injured by the flying debris in the storm.

7. Natural disasters are wreaked havoc on human and the environment.

8.What has done to support the people in the flooded area?

9. Many people havedonated money to build houses for poor people.

10. They were informed about upcoming storm by the local authorities.

Bài 10: Dựa vào những từ cho trước, viết thành câu hoàn chỉnh.
1. After/the storm/pass/people/come/back/to/their/ normal/ life.

2. A decent meal/prepare/by/my mother/after/ she/ come/ home/ after/ work.

3. By 1990, my family/ settle down/ in New Jersey/ for 10 years.

4. Jim/ have/ a/ shower/ when/ doorbell/ ring/ by/ his wife.

5. At this time last year/ a project/ on/ environmental/ issues/ carry/ by Dr.Brown.

6. They/ prepare/ carefully/ for/ the hurricane/ before/ it/ arrive.

7. Many people/ live/ in temporary shelters/ until/ the/ storm/ pass.

8. Earthquakes/ in Japan/ cause/ devastating/ effects/ on/ human/ and/ environment/ recently.

Bài 11: Cho dạng đúng của từ trong ngoặc để hoàn thành các câu dưới đây.
1. I (tell) by Jim that he (paint) the entire house.
2. Japanese children (teach) how to escape an earthquake at an early age.
3. When we (arrive) , we (find) that the bus (leave) .
4. The police (evacuate) the building before it (collapse) .
5. When she (call) me last night, I (go) to sleep, so I could’t answer her.
6. I (never meet) Peter before the party last night.
7. Food and shelters (provide) to the local people at the moment.
8. What (do) so far to minimize the impacts of natural disasters in our country.
9. I (prepare) carefully before I (give) the the presentation about the impacts of
natural disasters.
10. My friend (save) a lot of money before he (decide) to buy a new house.
11. I hope that financial aids (offer) to the poor people in the drought area.
12. Peter and Jane (eat) before they (come) to see me.
13. So far, hundreds of the temporary shelters (provide) to the earthquake victims.
14. A relief agency (just found) to lessen the effects of the flood on human’s property.
15. Survivors of the earthquake (receive) help from the authorities before they could get back
to their normal life.
Bài 12: Hoàn thành những câu sau với dạng đúng của những động từ cho sẳn.
evacuate injure rescue provide
forecast destroy suffer cause
1. Many people from waterborne diseases after the severe flood last year.
2. The locals from their village to escape the earthquake already.
3. Free food and fresh water to the victims of natural disaster every year.
4. Five people from drowning in the rushing stream so far.
5. The tornado many houses before it stopped.
6. Some people after the earthquake.
7. A hurricane by the meteorologists to reach our area next week.
8. Every year, natural disasters loss of human life, damage to property and deterioration of
the environment.

C.EXERCISES
TEST 1 UNIT 9
I. Choose the word which has the underlined part pronounced differently from the others.
1. A. twice B. flight C. piece D. mind
2. A. about B. around C. sound D. young
3. A. cover B. oven C. coffee D. company
4. A. plates B. cakes C. mates D. places
5. A. laughed B. learned C. changed D. arrived
II. Choose the words that have the different stress from the others.
1. A. relief B. debris C. typhoon D. severe
2. A. erupt B. victim C. forest D. message
3. A. volcano B. tropical C. government D. property
4. A. geography B. evacuate C. emergency D. temporary
5. A. scatter B. earthquake C. collapse D. mudslide
III. Circle the word marked A, B, C or D with a different stress pattern from the others.
1. A. damage B. collapse C. erupt D. affect
2. A. permanent B. eruption C. pollution D. disaster
3. A. station B. temperature C. illustrate D. volcano
4. A. tsunami B. thunderstorm C. typhoon D. tornado
5. A. accommodation B. evacuation C. contribution D. contamination
IV. Find the one choice that best completes the sentence:
1. A table with four chairs is...................of the dining room.
A. in B. the middle C. in the middle D. about
2. You....................brush your teeth twice a day.
A. should B. can C. will D. have
3. Tim is a good student. He did very well in the first semester. His mother is...................him.
A. sorry for B. sad C. proud of D. displeased
4. The new hotel....................next year.
A. is opened B. will be opened C. is opening D. opens
5. Would you mind....................on the light?
A. turn B. to turn C. turned D. turning
6. - Where is the fridge? - It’s....................the corner of the kitchen.
A. in B. at C. to D. above
7. Did the children enjoy....................when they were on holiday?
A. themselves B. themself C. himself D. itself
8. Carmen didn’t use to eat fish, but now she ..................
A. used to B. do C. does D. doesn’t
9. I never go to Australia. I...................to Australia yet.
A. went B. have been C. will go D. haven’t been
10. I’m....................Let’s do something. How about going to a movie?
A. boring B. bore C. bored D. being bored
11. I’m hungry.....................is for dinner this evening?
A. Why B. When C. How D. What
12. The old lady sat in a corner talking to ..................
A. himself B. itself C. herself D. themselves
13. I....................swimming very much.
A. wait B. try C. enjoy D. finish
14. The teacher said, “Come at 8 o’clock”.
 The teacher told the students....................at 8 o’clock.
A. not to come B. to come C. coming D. came
15. Mary is watching a film. She really likes it. Mary is really ..................
A. to interest B. interest C. interested D. interesting
16.....................to do homework today?
A. Have you B. Do you have C. Must you D. You must
17. She knows that he worked really....................this semester.
A. good B. hardly C. better D. hardGiaoandethitienganh.info
18. Stop, boys! It’s....................near the streets.
A. dangerous for playing B. dangerously to play
C. dangerous to playing D. dangerous to play

19. It’s possible to supplement one’s....................by taking a part-time job.

A. income B. earning C. gaining D. attainment
20. Do you mind if I switch on the radio? - ..................
A. No, thank B. Yes, go ahead C. No, not at all D. Yes, you can
V. Choose the word or phrase that best completes each unfinished sentence below.
1. The facsimile by Alexander Bain in 1843.
A. is invented B. was invented C. invented D. has been invented
2. First, fry the onions add the potatoes.
A. than B. then C. after D. before
3. He a prize in the competition last week.
A. win B. won C. was won D. has win
4. Who the company?
A. goes B. walks C. jogs D. runs
5. is an instrument for making sounds louder.
A. Loudspeaker B. Recorder C. Facsimile D. Radio
6. The doctor told me more fresh fruit.
A. eat B. to eat C. eating D. ate
7. Can you repair my bike?
A. adjust B. use C. fix D. A & B
8. Coffee was known in Europe “Arabian wine”.
A. as B. like C. the same D. unlike
9. The information for future use.
A. stores B. stored C. is stored D. are stored
10. I saw a flying overhead.
A. train B. helicopter C. conveyor belt D. coach
11. This beautiful picture by Mary.
A. is drawn B. is drew C. is draw D. is drawing
12. Don’t touch the paint! - It’s still wet.
A. put paint on something to change the color
B. take something
C. do a job with something
D. put your hand or finger on something
13. I warned him too close to the fire.
A. didn’t go B. not going C. no going D. not to go
14. is a pen that has a very small ball at the end.
A. Bail-point pen B. Fountain pen C. Pencil D. Crayon
15. Tobacco is taxed in most countries, along with alcohol.
A. in the same way as something B. but not something
C. for example D. including
16. James picked up the and said “Hello!”
A. vacuum B. printer C. telephone D. fax machine
17. Children, please behave!
A. do and say the right things
B. do something Giaoandethitienganh.info
C. do what somebody tells you to
do
D. move on your legs, but not run
18. We now toast bread a toaster on the table.
A. by B. with C. from D. in
19. Which shall I press to turn the radio on?
A. plug B. roll C. roller D. button
20. Don’t sit the sun too long.
A. in B. on C. over D. among

VI. Fill in the correct verb form.

1. They (come) .......................... back home after they (finish)............................their work.
2. She said that she (meet)............................Mr. Bean before.
3. Before he (go) .......................... to bed, he (read)............................a novel.
 4. He told me he (not/wear)........................................such kind of clothes before.
5. When I came to the stadium, the match (start) ......................................
6. After Nick (do) ............................ his homework, he (go)..............................to bed last night.
7. Mai (live) ............................ in Hai Phong for five years before she (move)..............................to Ha Noi
three years ago.
8. Phong (tell) .......................... me yesterday that he (learn)............................French for a year.
9. Ms. Hong (work) ............................ at our school for twenty years before she (retire) ............................
last June.
10. By the time I (get) ....................................... to Nick’s house, his party (already/ start)
................................................
11. When we (come) ..................................... back to our home village last month, it (change)
.............................so much.
12. I couldn’t recognize my cousin because he (grow)..............................a lot.
13. By the time the bus (come) ..... ....................... this morning, Duong (wait) ............................ for it for
half an hour.
14. Before she (listen) ............................ to music, she (do)..............................homework.
15. Last night, Peter (go) ...................... to the supermarket before he (go)..........................home.

VII. Correct the verb form of the sentences.

1. When I (come) ............................. there, they (leave) .. ...........................
2. When I (get up) ............................. this morning, my father (leave) .............................
3. After the children (finish) ........................... their homework, they (go)............................to bed.
4. I (do) ............................. it before he (come) .............................
5. I (meet) ............................. them after they (divorce)...............................each other.
6. If I (not buy) ............................. this dress, I (have)...............................money.
VIII. Choose the correct word A, B, C or D for each gap to complete the following passage.
More than a billion people all over the world are (1) the threat of desert expansion, but few of
them are aware that they themselves cause it and are also its (2) . People cut (3) trees for
fuel and farmland. Their herd eat (4) the grass covering valley floors and hillsides. The climate and soil
quality, therefore, are affected and forests are turned into (5) .
In some places, many people had to leave their homes when their wells became dry and sand buried their
houses and crops. Therefore, government in nearby areashave had local people (6) trees and banned
burning firewood for fuel.Many techniques have been (7)..................For example, in Iran, a thin covering of
oil was poured on sandy areas to retain (8) for planting trees, butthis method may harm the
environment. Other countries built long canals or pipelines (9) water to desert areas.
Unless people find more (10) methods, their homes and land willbe lost. The last against the
desert is continuing.

1. A. of B. in Giaoa n d e thitiengan
C . o n D. under
h.info
2. A. victims B. enemies C. friends D. effects
3. A. off B. back C. down D. in
4. A. up B. away C. into D. out
5. A. blanks B. deserts C. spaces D. bareness
6. A. planting B. plant C. to plant D. planted
7. A. using B. use C. used D. uses
8. A. fertilizer B. soil C. earth D. water
9. A. to carry B. take C. fetch D. bring
10. A. great B. effective C. major D. useful
IX. Read the following passage, choose the best answer for each question followed.
Since the world has become industrialized, there has been an increase in the number of animal species
that have either become extinct or have neared extinction. Bengal tiger, for instance, which once roamed the
jungles in vast number, now only about 2,300 and by the year 2025, their population is estimated to be down
to zero. What is alarming about the case of the Bengal tiger is that this extinction will have been caused
almost entirely by poachers who according to some sources, are not interested in material gain but in
personal gratification. This is an example of the callousness that is part of what is causing the problem of
extinction. Animals like Bengal tigers as well as other endangered species are a valuable part of the world’s
ecosystem. International laws protecting these animals must be enacted to ensure their survival and the
survival of our planet.
Countries around the world have begun to deal with the problem in various ways. Some countries, in
order to circumvent the problem, have allocated large amounts of land to animal reserves. They then charge
admission to help defray the costs of maintaining the parks and they often must also depend on world
organizations for support. With the money they get, they can invest in equipment, and patrols to protect the
animals. Another solution that is an attempt to stem the tide of animal extinction is an international boycott
of products made from endangered species. This seems fairly effective but it will not, by itself, prevent
animals from being hunted and killed.
1. What is the main topic of the passage?
A. the Bengal tiger B. international boycotts
C. endangered species D. problems with industrialization
2. Which of the following is closest in meaning to the word “alarming” in paragraph 1?
A. dangerous B. serious C. gripping D. distressing
3. Which of the following could best replace the word “case” as used in paragraph 1?
A. act B. situation C. contrast D. trade
4. The word “poachers” as used in paragraph 1 could be best replaced by which of the following?
A. illegal hunters B. enterprising researchers
C. concerned scientists D. trained hunters
5. The word “callousness” in paragraph 1 could best be replaced by which of the following?
A. indirectness B. independence C. incompetence D. insensitivity
6. The above passage is divided into two paragraphs in order to contrast
A. a problem and a solution B. a statement and an illustration
C. a comparison and a contrast D. specific and general information
7. What does the word “this” refer to in paragraph 1?
A. endangered species that are increasing
B. Bengal tigers that are decreasing
C. poachers who seek personal gratification
D. sources that may not be accurate
8. Which of the following could best replace the word “allocated’’ in paragraph 2?
A. set aside B. combined C. organized D. taken off
9. The word “defray” in paragraph 2 is closest in meaning to which of the following?
A. lower B. raise
C. make a payment on D. make an investment toward
10. The author uses the phrase “stem the tide” in paragraph 2 to mean
A. touch B. stop C. tax D. save
11. Which of the following best describes the author’s attitude?
A. forgiving B. concerned C. vindictive D. surprised
X. Read the text and then choose the best answer A, B, C or D.
Two of the most dangerous storms which affect America are hurricanes and tornadoes. They are very
much feared by anyone who may live in the path of their destruction.
Every year homes are destroyed by their fury and often lives are lost. Most people who live near the
coast are forced to evacuate their homes and to move to safer areas until the storm passes. Floods are caused
along the coasts by both the heavy rain and a storm tide that is considerably above normal water level. The
high winds, coastal flooding and heavy rains associated with a hurricane cause enormous damage.
Hurricanes usually develop between July and October. Once they hit land they carry tremendous power
with driving rain and wind.
 Tornadoes are violent low - pressured storms. These storms occur most often during the summer months
and are noticeable by their strong wind and lack of rain. The sky turns black as dust is sucked up into the air.
Tornadoes are capable of lifting quite heavy objects from the ground. They can pick up trees and cars right
into the air and even uplift heavier objects such as homes and railway cars.
Both hurricanes and tornadoes cause millions of dollars worth of damage to life and property every year.
Today they can be predicted more easily than in the past, but they cannot be stopped or ignored.
1. What are two of the most dangerous storms which affect America?
A. Hurricanes and tornadoes.
B. Typhoons and thunderstorms.
C. Thunderstorms and hurricanes.
D. Hurricanes and typhoons.
2. At which part of the year do hurricanes usually develop?
A. July and August only.
B. All the year round.
C. From the seventh to the ninth month.
D. Between July and October.
3. What is the major similarity of both a hurricane and a tornado?
A. They cover only a small area.
B. They can cause great damage.
C. They are not accompanied by rain.
D. They have either wind or speed.
4. Which of the following is true of tornadoes and hurricanes?
A. They cannot be predicted with accuracy.
B. They are easier to control today than in the part.
C. They can be predicted today with greater accuracy.
D. They cannot be predicted today with greater accuracy.
5. Which of the following was not mentioned in the article?
A. The number of people killed each year by these storms.
B. The tremendous power killed each year by these storms.
C. The damage caused by hurricanes and tornadoes.
D. The time of year when they are most likely to strike.
XI. Read the following passage and choose the best answers each of the questions.
Nylon was invented in the early 1930s by an American chemist, Julian Hill. Other scientists worked with
his invention and finally on 27 October 1938, Nylon was introduced to the world. It was cheap and strong
and immediately became successful, especially in the making of ladies’ stocking.
Today, nylon is found in many things: carpets, ropes, seat belts, furniture, computers, and even spare
parts of the human body. It has played an important part : in our lives for over 50 years.
1. Julian Hill was a/ an .
A. chemist B. American C. inventor D. all are correct
2. Nylon can be found in .
A. many things B. spare parts of the human body
C. furniture D. all are correct
3. What does the word “introduce” in line 3 mean?
A. tell somebody your name
B. tell somebody the name of a person
C. bring something new into use for the 1st time
D. bring something somewhere
4. Nylon .
A. was invented by Julian Hill B. was strong but expensive
C. was not very popular D. all are correct
5. Which of the following is not true?
A. Nylon was used to make ladies’ stocking.
 B. At first, people didn’t want to use Nylon.
C. Today, Nylon still plays an important part in our lives.
D. We can found Nylon in computers.
XII. Rewrite the sentences
1. David had gone home before we arrived.
🡒 After ............................................................................................................................................
2. We had lunch then we took a look around the shops.
🡒 Before .........................................................................................................................................
3. The light had gone out before we got out of the office.
🡒 When ...........................................................................................................................................
4. After she had explained everything dearly, we started our work.
🡒 By the time ..................................................................................................................................
5. My father had watered all the plants in the garden by the time my mother came home.
🡒 Before .........................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................
XIII. Change the following sentences into passive voice.
1. They can’t make tea with cold water.
 .....................................................................................................................................................
2. The chief engineer was instructing all the workers of the plant.
 .....................................................................................................................................................
3. Somebody has taken some of my books away.
 .....................................................................................................................................................
4. They will hold the meeting before May Day.
 .....................................................................................................................................................
5. They have to repair the engine of the car.
 .....................................................................................................................................................
6. The boys broke the window and took away some pictures.
 .....................................................................................................................................................
7. People spend a lot of money on advertising everyday.
 .....................................................................................................................................................
8. They may use this room for the classroom.
 .....................................................................................................................................................
9. The teacher is going to tell a story.
 .....................................................................................................................................................
10. Mary is cutting the cake with a sharp knife.
 .....................................................................................................................................................
11. The children looked at the women with a red hat.
 .....................................................................................................................................................
12. They have provided the victims with food and clothing.
 .....................................................................................................................................................
13. The teacher explains the lesson.
 .....................................................................................................................................................
14. Mrs Green is cooking the food in the kitchen.
 .....................................................................................................................................................
15. The doctor examined the patients.
 .....................................................................................................................................................
16. These boys made that noise.
 .....................................................................................................................................................
17. People speak English all over the world.
 .....................................................................................................................................................
18. He gave him back the money last Sunday.
 .....................................................................................................................................................
19. I can’t do these exercises quickly.
 .....................................................................................................................................................
20. She had finished the report by noon.

TEST 2 UNIT 9
I. Choose the word which has a different stress pattern from the others.
1. A.rescue B. supply C.erupt D. damage
2. A. mudslide B. earthquake C.typhoon D. debris
3. A. hurricane B. tornado C. volcano D. eruption
4. A. disaster B. injury C. tsunami D. provision
5. A. tropical B. natural C. terrible D. destructive
II. Choose the best answer A, B, C or D to complete the sentences.
6. is sudden flooding that occurs when water rises quickly within several hours of a heavy rain.
A.quick flood B.rapid flood C.flash flood D.hot flood
7. Monsoon rains across Thailand millions of people in 61 of its provinces.
A.has affected B.have affected C.have effect D.have influenced
8. Typhoon Haiyan made the damage, and of life became great in the Philippines.
A.lose B.loses C.losing D.loss
9. Thanks to the extensive measures taken, the loss of life in Typhoon Xangsane in Da
Nang and other provinces seemed to be relatively low.
A.prevent B.preventive C.prevention D.preventing
10. A number of other provinces will declare drought in the coming weeks.
A.accident B.emergency C.event D.situation
11. In some areas, human can be a contributing factor in causing landslide.
A.acts B.actions C.acting D.activities
12. ThePacific Ring of Fire is an area of frequent and volcanic ,encircling the
basin of the Pacific Ocean.
A.floods - eruptions B.earthquake - flood C.flood - eruption D.earthquakes - eruptions
13. Magmais the liquid rock inside a volcano, but lava is magma that a volcano.
A.flows B.flows into C.flows out D.flows out of
14. A soft, loose soil may more intensely than hard rock at the same distance from the same
earthquake.
A.erupt B.rage C.shake D.collapse
15. During the next 24 hours, the storm will be moving north, around 10 km per hour and is expected to
the southeastern part of China's Guangdong Province.
A.strike B.scatter C.bury D.struck
III. Complete each sentences with the correct word from the box.
drought flood hurricane landslide tornado
1. When there is a , a lot of water covers an area where there usually isn't
water.
2. A refers to a long time without rain.
3. When there is a , a lot of rocks and earth fall down a hill.
4. A is a storm with a lot of wind that moves over water.
5. A is a storm in which the air moves very quickly in a circle.
IV. Use the verbs in the correct form to complete the sentences.
bury evacuate rage take
recover scatter provide suffer
1. The government health and other services to the affected regions.
2. Actions were to limitthe effects of the floods in QuangNinh.
3. The Red Cross helped homeless families to from the disaster through the
project.
 4. The majority of concerned areas have from cholera epidemics after the
floods and landslides in Central America.
5. Early September,mudslides caused by heavy rains an entire villageof 480
inhabitants.
6. Thousands of villagers from flood-prone areas after the warnings from the
weather bureau.
7. Tiny articles of dust, smoke, salt or pollution droplets that through the air to cause
haze.
8. The fires for more than a week in the southern region of Chile, which
has been hit by a severe drought.
V. Circle the correct verbs in the brackets in this story.
My Great Grandmother Meets Hurricane Cleo
Hurricane Cleo struck the United States in August, 1964. My great grandmother, Ana, was traveling
in Miami when the hurricane struck. She (1.said/told) me that she still remembers how scared everyone
was.
She (2. said/told) me that the hotel (3. has called/had called) her room one morning and (4. had
said/had told) her that a big storm (5. is/was) on its way. They said that all hotel guests (6. have to/ had
to) stay in the hotel until the weather forecast (7. tell/said) that it (8. is/was) safe to leave. storm was over
She stayed in her room and she didn't know what happened until the storm was over. When she turned
on the TV, the reports said that a lot of people (9. have been/had been) injured and that all the roads (10.
are/were) flooded. She always (11. says/said) that she still (12. feels/felt) lucky to have survived
Hurricane Cleo.
VI. Complete the sentences with the past perfect form of the verbs in brackets.
l. Anita said she was very sorry for what she (do) .
2. When Sam (pay) the bill, we left the restaurant and went home.
3. It wasn’t surprising that she was tired - she (not sleep) for two days.
4. The road was blocked because a lorry (break down) .
5. My mother felt very nervous on the plane because she (not fly) before.
6. (they/go) home when you arrived?
7. I (hear) the story before, so I didn't find it very interesting.
8. After she (try on) all the dresses in the shop, she bought the most
expensive one.
9. They (not have) breakfast when I got up.
10. The children were very excited because they (not see) a tiger before.
VII. Complete the sentences with the correct form of the verbs in brackets.
1. After Nick (do) his homework, he (go) to bed last night.
2. Mai (live) in HaiPhong for five years before she (move) to
Ha Noi three years ago.
3. Phong (tell) me yesterday that he (learn) French for a year.
4. Ms Hong (work) at our school for twenty years before she (retire) last
June.
5. By the time I (get) to Nick's house, his party (already/start) .
6. When we (come) back to our home village last month, it (change) so
much.
7. I couldn't recognize my cousin because he (grow) a lot.
8. By the time the bus (come) this morning, Duong (wait) for it for half an
hour.
VIII. Complete the sentences with the correct form of the verbs in brackets.
1. Thousands of homes were flooded after Cyclone Komen (hit) Bangladesh.
2. By the time the storm hit the fishing village, all the boats (return) to the port.
3. After several weeks without any drops of rain, the region (suffer) from a severe
shortage of water for people and animals.
 4. Last week the landslide (occur) after it (rain) heavily for three
days in several villages in the mountainous district of Xin Man, Ha Giang Province.
5. Earlier on August 2, the officials (say) seven people were killed in the northern
provinces of Dien Bien, Lai Chau, and Son La after rain (cause) extensive floods across
the region.
6. Mount Fuji in Japan last (erupt) in 1708, and its eruption (cover)
the surrounding villages with ash.
IX. Complete the sentences, using the correct form of the words in brackets.
1. Tsunami is a Japanese term for an unusually large ocean wave caused by undersea earthquake,
landslide, or volcanic . (erupt)
2. During a volcano, you should follow the order issued by authorities.
(evacuate)
3. Thunderstorms can be ,while tornadoes, and lightning can be life threatening.
(destroy)
4. of the deadly Nepal earthquake have told the horror of the moment when it struck,
leaving more than 3,000 dead. (survive)
5. The tents will be used for medical camps and temporary after the
earthquake in Nepal. (accommodate)
6. A website in Pakistan is helping coordinate the of aid in the flood
disaster. (provide)
X. Complete the sentences, using the correct passive form of the verbs in brackets.
1. Severe damage to environment by prolonged droughts in Central Viet
Nam last July. (cause)
2. Tomorrow the dam to prevent salt water from entering the fields in TienGiang
Province. (close)
3. The hot weather to continue while there were longer hours of sunshine.
(expect)
4. Two naval ships to the island to rescue fishermen. (send)
5. Oil rigs throughout the Gulf of Mexico during Hurricane Katrina. (hit)
6. Roofs of thousands of houses across the road during the cyclone. (blow)
7. Villages along the river about a high risk of landslide every year. (warn)
8. Fires in the wild by Forest Fire Fighters who use different techniques
before the fires can destroy too much land or property. (put out)
9. More than 20 streets in Bien Hoa to a depth of up to 80 centimeters last
Friday. (flood)
10. After Typhoon Linda, over 2,200 school rooms , and 4,000
school rooms . (destroy - damage)
XI. Fill each of the numbered blanks in the following passage, using the appropriate words or phrases
given in the box.
a because of blown causes normal
dry suffer irrigated wells drops
Drought is a condition that results when the average rainfall for a fertile area (1) far
below the normal amount for (2) long period of time. In areas that are not (3)
, the lack of rain (4) farm crops to wither and die. Higher than (5)
temperatures usually accompany periods of droughts. The soil of a drought area becomes (6)
and crumbles. Often the rich topsoil is (7) away by the hot, dry winds.
Streams, ponds, and (8) often dry up during a drought, and animals (9)
and may even die (10) the lack ofwater.

XII. Choose the item among A, B, Cor D that best answers the question about the passage.
 The large movement of the earth under the water causes a very large and powerful tsunami. That
tsunami was called the Asian Tsunami in most of the world. It was called the Boxing Day Tsunami in
England, Australia, South Africa and Canada because it happened on the holiday which they call Boxing
Day. The tsunami caused a lot of damage to countries such as the Philippines, Thailand, Indonesia and Sri
Lanka.
Waves as high as 30 meters killed many people and damaged or destroyed a lot of buildings and other
property. Over 225,000 people died or they were not found after thetsunami. The waves traveled as far
away as South Africa (8,000 kilometers) where as many us 8 people died because of high water caused by
the waves. Because of how much damage was caused and the number of people the earthquake affected,
over $7 billion was donated to help the survivors and rebuild the areas damaged.
1. Why was the tsunami called the Boxing Day Tsunami in England?
A. Because it happened when people were boxing.
B. Because it happened when people were collecting boxes.
C. Because it happened on Boxing Day.
D. Because it destroyed a lot of boxes.
2. How high were the waves?
A. thirteen meters B. eighteen meters C. thirty meters D. two hundred meters
3. What were some people in South Africa killed by?
A. earthquake B. high water C. high wind D. volcano
4. Which of the following sentences is NOT true?
A. Only in Asia the tsunami was called Asian Tsunami.
B. The tsunami caused a lot of damage to Indonesia.
C. Many people died because of the high waves.
D. A lot of money was raised to help people.
5. What does the word "survivors" in the last sentence mean?
A. Houses that aren't destroyed. B. Offices are being rebuilt
C. People who were dead. D. People who are left alive.
XIII. Choose the word or phrase among A, B, C or D that best fits the blank space in the following
passage.
El Nino is a weather phenomenon of the Pacific Ocean which is (1) by an abnormal (2) of
water on the surface of the ocean. It has the (3) to influence global weather patterns as it brings
drought to some continents and (4) rain to others.It was first (5) by fishermen coming from
Spanish ports in the Pacific in the 17thcentury. It got its name (Spanish for ‘boy child') because it usually
takes (6) near Christmas time. It can cause catastrophic (7) . The 1982 El Nino (8)
in 1.500deaths, but it can be lot worse than that. Sea animals, (9) fish and birds, also die in
large numbers. It is (10) that sailors in the Pacific can smell the dead sea-life during El Nino.
1. A. happened B. caused C. origin D. done
2. A. increase B. extra C. heater D. warming
3. A. proficiency B. power C. practice D.performance
4. A. wet B. shower C. plenty D. heavy
5. A. saw B. noticed C. caught D. time
6. A. away B. care C. part D. place
7. A. damage B. difficulty C. hurt D. problem
8. A. resulted B. led C. caused D. gave
9. A. containing B. holding C.including D. involving
10. A. said B. felt C. told D. mistaken
XIV. Read Mary Ann’s story, and answer the questions.
In 1969, Hurricane Camille hit my three-storey blocks of flats near the Gulf of Mexico. First, the sea
hit the building and all the windows broke. Then the rooms flooded. Five minutes later, my bed was
floating near the ceiling. Then it floated out of the window. It was dark and the wind was howling. I was
terrified. The building was falling down all around me. The wind was awful. It reached a speed of 234
 miles per hour. I was cut and bleeding from head to toe. Finally, someone found me 8 km from my house
and they took me to hospital.
1. When did Hurricane Camille hit the Gulf of Mexico?

2. What happened after the rooms flooded? .

3. What happened to the building?

4. How fast was the wind?

5. How far did the water carry Mary Ann?

XV. Read the following passage carefully, then writeTrue (T) or False (F) for each statement.
The people of Kiribati are afraid that one day their country in the not-too-distant future will disappear
from the surface of the earth.Several times this year, the Pacific island nation has been flooded by a
sudden high tide. These tides, which swept across the island and destroyed houses, came when there was
neither wind nor rain. This never happened before.
What is causing these mysterious high tides? The answer may be global warming. When fuels like oil
and coal are being burned, pollutants are released; these pollutants hold heat in the earth's atmosphere.
Warmer temperatures cause water to expand and also create more water by melting glaciers and polar ice
caps.
If the situation continues, scientists say that many countries will suffer, Bangladesh, for example,
might lose one-fifth of its land. The coral island nations of the Pacific like Kiribsti and the Marshall
Islands, however, would face an even worse fate - they would be swallowed by the sea. The loss of these
coral islands would be everyone's loss. Coral formations are home to more species than any other place
on the earth.
T F
1. In Kiribati there were sudden high tides coming when there was no wind or rain.  
2. High tides without wind or rain often happen in Kiribati.  
3. Global warming is definitely the cause of those mysterious high tides.  
4. The loss of coral islands doesn't affect people on the earth.  
5. Coral reefs play an essential role in marine life.  
XVI. Choose the item among A, B, C or D that best answers the question about the story.
I often hear or read about ‘natural disasters’ - the eruption of Mount St. Helen, a volcano in the state
of Washington, Hurricane Andrew in Florida, the floods in the American Midwest, terrible earthquakes
all over the world, huge fires, and so on. But I'll never forget my first personal experience with the
strangeness of nature - "the London Killer Fog” of 1952. It began on Thursday, December 4, when a
high-pressure system of warm air covered southern England. With the freezing-cold air below, heavy fog
formed. Pollution from factories, cars and coal stoves mixed with the fog. The humidity was terribly high,
there was no breeze at all. Traffic such as cars, trains, boats stopped. People couldn't see, and some
walked onto the railroad tracks or into the river. It was hard to breathe, and many people got sick. Finally,
on Tuesday, December 9, the wind came and the fog went away. But after that, even more people got
sick. Many of them died.
1. Which "natural disaster' isn't mentioned in the passage?
A. a volcano B. a tornado C. a flood D. a hurricane
2. What is the writer's unforgettable personal experience?
A. the London killer B. the heavy fog in London in 1952
C. a high-pressure system D. the strangeness of nature
3. How long did the ‘London Killer Fog' last?
A. For four days B. For five days
C.For six days D. For a week
4. What didn't happen during the time of the ‘London Killer Fog'?
 A. Pollution B. Heavy rain C. Humidity D. Heavy fog
5. Why did the traffic stop?
A. Because of the rain B. Because of the windy weather
C. Because of the humid weather D. Because of the heavy fog.
XVII. Choose the item among A, B, C or D that best answers the question about the passage.
How can scientists predict earthquakes? Earthquakes are not scattered anywhere but happen in certain
areas. They happen in places where pieces of the earth's surface meet. For example, earthquakes often
occur on the west-coast of North and South America, around the Mediterranean Sea, and along the Pacific
coast of Asia.
Another way to predict earthquakes is to look for changes in the earth's surface, like asudden drop of
water level in the ground. Some people say animals can predict earthquakes. Before earthquakes people
have seen chickens sitting in trees, fish jumping out of the water, snakes leaving their holes and other
animals acting strangely.
After an earthquake happens, people can die from lack of food, water, and medical supplies. The
amount of destruction caused by an earthquake depends on where it happens, what time it happens, and
how strong it is. It also depends on types of building, soil conditions and population. Of the 6000
earthquakes on the earth each year, only about fifteen cause great damage and many deaths.
1. Earthquakes happen in certain areas where .
A. the population is large B. pieces of the earth's surface meet
C. the soil conditions are stable D. many buildings are built
2. Earthquakes often happen along .
A. the east-coast of North America B. the east-coast of South America
C. the Pacific coast of Asia D. the coast of Australia
3. Looking for can help predict earthquakes.
A. changes in the earth's surface B. water beneath the earth's surface
C. drops of water D. water currents
4. After an earthquake, as a result of people may die.
A. lack of food B. lack of friendship
C. lack of information D. lack of knowledge
5. The passage mainly discusses .
A. the damage caused by earthquakes B. how strong earthquakes are
C. strange animal behaviors D. how to predict earthquakes
XVIII. Write sentences about a drought in Central Viet Nam, using the words and full phrases given.
Drought in Central Viet Nam
1. A drought emergency/ declare/ last month/ after five months without rain/NinhThuan/ other provinces/
Central Viet Nam.

2. A drought/ a long period/ when/ there/ little or no rain.

3. Hot weather/ the highest temperature/ 42 degree Celsius/ hit/ Central Viet Nam.

4. In particular/ rainfall/ be/ lower/ the average/ the past few years.

5. In NinhThuan/ about 50,000 local people/ suffer/ drinking water shortage.

6. Hundreds/ hectares/ rice and vegetables/ destroy/ and/ 500 cattle/die/prolonged drought.

7. In Gia Lai/ other provinces/ water/ many reservoirs/ drop/ the "dead" level/ several months.

8. The provinces/ receive/ financial supports/ worth VND 172 billion/ the government.
 TEST 3 UNIT 9
I. Circle the word with a different stress pattern from the others.
1. A. industry B. nature C. injure D. climate
2. A. typhoon B. tropical C. debris D. document
3. A. animal B. destroy C. erupt D. exploit
4. A. documentary B. preparation C. scientific D. photography
5. A. eruption B. science C. destroy D. volcano
II. Circle the words with the underlin ed parts pronounced differently from the others.
1. A.prepares B.erupts C.stops D.photographs
2. A.typhoon B.goose C.food D.flood
3. A.looked B.suggested C.minded D.decided
4. A.bought B.drought C.brought D.ought
5. A.ache B.charity C.archaeology D.chaos
6. A.bear B.beard C.wear D.prepare
7. A.geology B.psychology C.classify D.photography
8. A.physical B.mythology C.rhythmic D.psychology

III. Circle the word with a different stress pattern from the others.
1. A. erosion B.destruction C.environment D.tornado
2. A.environment B.preparation C.information D.situation
3. A.biology B. zoology C. geography D.industry
4. A.victim B.protect C.safety D. happen
5. A. typhoon B.survivor C. rescuer D. arrive

IV. Choose the correct answer A, B, C or D to complete each sentence.

1. When a volcano , hot gases and lava run down.
A.blows B. erupts C. throws D.escapes
2. Penicillin was by Alexander Fleming.
A.discovered B. invented C.created D.explored
3. After an earthquake, many people and to hospital.
A.was injured/ taken B.injured/ took
C.were injured/ taken D.injured/ taken
4. is a storm in a desert during which strong winds blow sand blow into the air.
A. sandstorm B.thunderstorm C.cyclone D.hurricane
5. After a mudslide, authorities have confirmed five dead and a hundred of people still .
A. miss B. missed C. misses D. missing
6. A forest fire quickly and many trees.
A.raged/ killed B.burst/ harmed C.spread/ destroyed D.occurred/ cooked
7. The tornado caused a massive to the town.
A.destruction B.extension C.danger D. mishap
8. The flood victims are being sent by the government.
A.food B. shelter C. aid D.water
9. After the earthquake struck the city, rescuers searched for .
A.survivors B.survivals C.surviving D.survived
10. is better than treatment.
A.Prescription B.Medicine C.Practice D.Preparation

V. Choose the best answer A, B, C or D to complete each sentence.

1. She is good meteorology .
A. on B. in C. at D. for
2. Last night volcano Maui and the large areas of land were affected.
A. erupts B. erupted C. erupting D. erupt
 3. When a volcanic eruption occurs, the hot pours downhill.
A. ash B. smoke C. dirt D. lava
4. Since there are two villages located at the foot of the volcano, the local population was .
A. evacuated B. killed. C. died D. injured
5. The earthquake have been sent humanitarian aid by many countries.
A. victim's B. elders C. rescuers D. soldiers
6. When there is a plane crash, a lot of is left.
A. dust B. debris C. waste D. piece
7. A powerful off the coast of Indonesia sparked a three-metre-high and killed at least 113
people.
A. earthquake B. tornado C. tsunami D. landslide
8. A often occurs in the mountainous areas because many trees have been cut down.
A. forest fire B. flood C. tornado D. landslide
9. often happen in rainy season especially in the center of Vietnam.
A. droughts B. storms C. floods D. sandstorms
10. Deforestation leads to which can be defined as the changes in the average temperature.
A. flood B. climate change C. sandstorm D. erosion

VI. Match the words in column A to their definition in column B.

A B
1. volcanic a. a mass of earth, rock, etc. that falls down the slope of a mountain or a cliff
eruption
2. earthquake b. a long period without rain
3. thunderstorm c. an extremely large wave in the sea caused, for example, by an earthquake
4. landslide d. a large amount of water spread from a river, sea etc. that covers an area that
is normally dry
5. sandstorm e. a disaster that a volcano explodes and throws out fire, lava, smoke etc.
6. tornado f. a fire in the forest caused by high temperature
7. flood g. a sudden violent of the ground
8. drought h. a storm in a desert in which sand is blown into the air by strong winds
9. tsunami i. a storm with thunder and lightning and usually very heavy rain
10. wildfire j. a strong wind that blows in a circle

VII. Give the correct form of the verbs in the brackets.

1. The flood victims (feel) a little better after they (eat) some food and (drink)
some water.
2. (you/hear) the earthquake which struck Japan last night?
3. I was late. The other journalists (already/arrive) the city where the earthquake
(strike) .
4. By the time the volcano (erupt) , people living around the root of the volcano
(evacuate) .
5. We were going on a picnic in forest when we (see) a wildfire.
6. When I (see) that someone was stuck into a collapse of a building after an earthquake, I
(help) them. He (be) very appreciative.
7. Yesterday my parents (take) me to the zoo. Afterward I (learn) a lot about nature.
8. I (have) a cup of tea before I (leave) for my office.

VIII. Complete the sentences, using the correct passive forms of the verbs in brackets.
1. More trees (plant) every year to minimize the adverse impacts or environmental disaster
to human beings and other animals.
2. The debris from the plane crash (clear) by emergency teams at the moment.
3. Aids (send) to the flood victims by the government tomorrow.
4. The town (rebuilt) after massive destruction of the earthquake in 2015.
5. People living around the volcano (evacuate) for one hour before the eruption
happened.
6. Earthquake victims (already send) humanitarian aid by many countries.
7. Thousands of buildings in Japan (destroy) when the earthquake (happen)
in 2014.
8. All of the animals (kill) by a forest fire in dry seasons.
9. Water (pollute) during a flood.
10. A mudslide (cause) by heavy rainfall last year.

IX. Complete the sentences, using the correct form of the words from the box.
1. Columbus the America and found the Indian. (exploration)
2. Many tourists are by the mystery of Amazon rainforest. (attractive)
3. Mount Phu Si is an volcano in Japan. (activity)
4. Many people because of the Black Death in Europe in the past. (death)
5. Water is after the flood. (contamination)
6. People trees in the forest, which causes many impacts to the environment.
(destruction)
7. Some plants are to human and animals, but others can be used to prevent some
common illness. (poison)
8. team is trying to rescue some people stuck into the collapse of a house after an earthquake.
(emergent)

X. Complete each sentence with the correct form of the verbs in brackets.
1. She (not drink) coffee last night. She (drink) Coca Cola.
2. He (send) you a check last Sunday. you (receive) it
yet?
3. She (make) herself a cup of coffee before (sit down) on her chair and
(finish) her works.
4. It looked like someone (break) the window with a hammer some time before.
5. After Dr. Johnson (examine) her, he (give) her a prescription.
6. My family (built) a basement to shelter when I (be) young because at
that time, hurricanes (happen) commonly.
7. We (go) to the doctor yesterday because we (be) sick.
8. It was the first time I (see) a tornado in my country.
9. Her grandfather (die) 20 years ago. She (never meet) him before.
10. The storm (become) stronger after the plane (take off) for several
minutes

XI. Give the correct forms of the words in brackets to complete the sentences.
1. This beach is very for swimmers because tornadoes often start there. (danger)
2. Her family live near an active volcano, so she's always worried about the of her family.
(safe)
3. Don't leave the light on. It wastes . (electric)
4. Mount. Phu Si in Japan some years ago. (eruption)
5. We need some to cope with natural disasters before they happen. (prepare)
6. Protecting our resources especially rainforests is very important to prevent some
natural disasters such as landslides, floods, so on. (nature)
7. A flood causes the of food and water because it destroys crops and pollutes the fresh
water. (short)
8. In tropical region, it is very in summer. (storm)
 9. Deforestation can cause soil . (erode)
10. Crops are severely by a drought. (destruction)
11. A lot of about people and assets were left after a hurricane. (damage)
12. Food and drink are usually after a natural disaster occurs. (scarcity)

XII. Read the paragraph below and fill in each blank with a suitable word from the boxes.

Erosion in America
Erosion of America's farmland by wind and water has been a problem since settlers first put the prairies
and grasslands under the plow in the nineteenth century. By the 1930s, (1) 282 million acres of
farmland (2) by erosion. After 40 years of (3) efforts, soil erosion has accelerated due
to new demands (4) on the land by heavy crop pollution. In the years ahead, soil erosion and the
pollution problems it causes are likely to replace petroleum scarcity as the nation's most critical (5)
resource problem.

1. A. more than B. more C. less D. than

2. A. damaged B. was damaged C. were damaged D. damages
3. A. conserve B. conservation C. conserving D. conservations
4. A. were placed B. was placed C. which placed D. placed
5. A. nature B. natural C. nation D. national
XIII. Text 1:
Red Alert: Volcanoes

Volcanoes can be fun to learn about. It can be neat to watch them erupt. But if you live near a volcano,
you know that they are dangerous! An eruption can like an explosion. Rock and lava can throw up into the
air. Streams of red hot lava quickly run down from the peak of the volcano. The air is filled with deadly
gases. These things can put many lives in danger. Scientists have learned that there are many things that they
can study to help them tell when an eruption might happen. They can study the movements of the ground.
When a volcano is about to erupt, the ground will often move just like it does during an earthquake.
Scientists can also measure the gases that come out of a volcano. Most volcanoes emit gases all of the time.
More gases are let out as the volcano gets closer to erupting. They can also study the way the land and water
around the volcano. Scientists can read these signs and warn people of danger. They may not realize it, but
their work helps to keep people safe!

1. Read the passage and choose the best answer A, B, C or D to each question below.
1. In the passage, a volcanic eruption is compared as .
A.an explosion B.an exploration C.a bomb D.a danger
2. can come out from a volcanic eruption.
A. Rock B.Lava C.Gases D All above.
3. can study many things to predict when an eruption might happen.
A. Economists B.Scientists C People. D.Biologists
4. There are ways for studying to estimate the time an eruption might happen.
A. 1 B. 2 C. 3 D. 4
5. When an eruption is going to happen, .
A. the ground moves as it does during an earthquake.
B. the gases don't come out of it more than usual.
C. only the water around it changes.
D. the ground moves slowly and weakly.
 2. Read the passage again. Decide these sentences TRUE (T) or FALSE (F)
1. Living near a volcano is not dangerous.
2. Lava, rock and gases running down from a volcano put many lives in danger.
3. Scientists cannot predict when an eruption might happen.
4. Less gases are let out as the volcano gets closer to erupting.
5. The movements of the ground can help scientists forecast a volcanic eruption.
6. Scientists can study a volcano through the changes of land and water around it.

XIV. Choose the correct answer A, B, or C to complete the passage below.

A (1) is defined as being an uncontrolled fire that occurs in the wilderness. They can be massive
in size and have the ability (2) across vast distances, jumping rivers, roads and fire breaks in the
process. Usually, wildfires occur in hot and (3) climates during the (4) months of spring and
summer. (5) average, there are a reported 60,000 to 80,000 wildfires each year, and 3 million to
10 millions acres of green land are (6) in their wake. Wildfires can have different effects l on the
environment depending on their size and frequency.

1. A.wildfire B. fire C.heat wave

2. A.spread B.to spread C.spreading
3. A.wet B. dry C.sunny
4. A.the hottest B.hotter C.hottest
5. A.At B. On C. In
6. A.destroyed B.destroying C.destructive

XV. Text 1
Hurricanes
A hurricane is a huge storm that forms over warm ocean water. Bands of thunderstorms form and swirl
around and around because the rotation of the earth. As more and more thunderstorms form, the hurricane
gets bigger and bigger. A hurricane is one of the world's worst storms because it can last for days or weeks.
Hurricanes can also be very large. They may cover hundreds of miles and affect large areas of land. For a
storm to be classified as a hurricane, wind speeds within the storm have to reach at least 74 per hour. But
hurricane winds can reach speeds of over 155 miles per hour! A large amount of destruction may occur with
winds that strong. Roofs may be torn off homes. Buildings may be flattened. Trees topple over. Hurricanes
are deadly, but not just because of their winds. They can also produce very heavy rains and huge waves that
slam into the coastline. Hurricanes are very common along the east coast of the United States. Here, wind,
waves, and rain do the most damage.
Luckily, meteorologists (people who study weather) can forecast hurricanes days in advance by using radar
technology. Radar is a little bit like a moving picture. It shows how big storms are and which way they are
moving. Radar images people time to prepare for a coming storm. If the storm is very strong, home and
business owners will put up plywood to protect their glass windows and doors. People who live along the
coast will evacuate. They'll go to a hurricane shelter or stay with friends and relatives who live in safer
places farther inland. Many lives are saved every year by people who take the necessary precautions.
Questions:
1. What is a hurricane?
A.a tidal wave B.a huge storm C.a thunderstorm D.a tsunami
2. What makes a hurricane?
A.thunderstorms B.strong winds C.seawater D.the earth
rotation
3. What of the following is not correct?
A.A hurricane is very dangerous because it lasts for days and weeks.
B.The hurricane wind speeds per hour can be nearly twice as fast as the wind speeds.
 C.A hurricane can reach speeds of at least 74 km per hour.
D.Hurricanes often appear along the east coast of the United States.
4. Who is meteorologist?
A. People study weather.
B. People do businesses in the meteorological field.
C. People live along the coast.
D. People are evacuated from the regions affected by hurricanes.
5. What is radar used for?
A. making moving pictures
B. showing the size of hurricanes and their movements
C. giving people time to prepare for a coming storm
D. All above
XVI. Read the text. Then answer the questions.

The first people who gave names to hurricanes were those who knew them the people in Puerto Rico.
The small island of Puerto is in the west India, off the coast of Florida. This is where all the hurricanes begin
that strike the east of the United States. The people of Puerto Rico expect some of these unwelcome visitors
every year. Each one is named after the Saint's Day on which it arrives. Two of most serious storms were
the San Carioca in 1899 and the Santa Aha in 1925.
Giving girl's names to hurricanes is a fairly new idea. It all began with the story called "storm" written
by George Steward in 1941. In it weatherman enjoyed himself by naming storms after girls he knew. He
named one Maria. The story described how Maria grew and developed, and how she changed the lives of
people when she struck the United States. Weathermen of the U.S Army and Navy used the system during
World War II. One of their duties was to warn American ships and planes when a storm was coming.
Whenever they stopped one, they gave it a girl's name. The first one was given a nature beginning with
A. The second, one got a name beginning with B. They used all the letters from A to W. This was the first of
hurricane names that followed the alphabet.

Questions:
1. Who is the first to give names to hurricanes?

2. Where do all the hurricanes begin that strike the east of the United States?

3. Why is a hurricane named after the Saint's Day?

4. Who began the idea of giving girls' name to hurricanes?

5. What did the story "storm" describe?

6. What was one of the duties of the weathermen?

XVII. Change these sentences into passive voice.

1. Vietnam sent some aid to earthquake Japanese victims in 2014.

2. Heinrich Hertz discovered radio waves.

3. People prepared enough food and wafer for a disaster.

4. A tornado hit many houses and buildings.

5. We had bought some raincoats before we heard the weather forecast.

 6. My father is going to repair our windows tomorrow.

7. The earthquake damaged almost my entire house.

8. We should plant more trees to prevent some natural disasters.

9. My e-pal had told me a story about a tsunami occurring in his country.

10. A mechanic is going to service my car tomorrow because yesterday's storm damaged it severely.

XVIII. Complete the table below. Think of a natural disaster and make a list of preparation for the
disaster.
Name of a natural disaster Preparation
…………………………………………. Before ………………………………………..
- ………………………………………………
- ………………………………………………
- ………………………………………………
During …………………………………….....
- ………………………………………………
- ………………………………………………
- ………………………………………………
After …………………………………………
- ………………………………………………
- ………………………………………………
- ………………………………………………

XIX. Use the information from the table in Ex 2 and write about how to prepare when a natural
disaster happens. (80-100 words)
Your writing:

TEST 1FOR UNIT 7,8,9

I. Choose the word which has a different stress pattern from the others.
1. A.emergency B.astrology C.scientific D.environment
2. A.survivor B.property C.resident D.government
3. A.historic B. iconic C.spectacle D.attraction
4. A.official B.together C.koala D.popular
5. A.poisonous B.pollutant C.artistic D.aquatic
II.Fill in each blank with the correct word from the box.
 landscapes while but area capital
variety development popular mountainous diverse
1. Cardiff is the largest city and also the of Wales
2. The most sport in Canada is ice hockey.
3. The capital city of New Zealand is Wellington the largest city is
Auckland.
4. The Scottish Highlands are a region of Scotland.
5. A of wildlife can be found in Scotland, including seals, mountain hare and the
golden eagle.
6. Rugby is the most popular spectator sport in New Zealand football, cricket, netball, golf are
popular among participants.
7. Australia is the world's sixth largest country by while Canada is the second.
8. Australia has a range of different , including urban areas, mountain ranges, deserts
and rain forests.
9. The United States is a country with a multicultural society.
10. The US was the leading force behind the of the Internet.
III. Complete the sentences with the correct form of the verbs in brackets.
1. Would you go to his party if he (invite) you?
2. I (can/help) you translate this text into French if we had a dictionary.
3. We (email) her if we had her address.
4. If I (know) the answer, I wouldn't need to ask.
5. I'd probably buy a laptop if it (be) cheaper.
6. Where would you live if you (have) the choice?
7. If you (have) 20 brothers and sisters, think how many birthday presents you (get)

8. If everyone (speak) the same language, do you think life (be)

better?
9. I'm sorry, I don't know. IfI(know) the answer, I (tell) you.
10. I don't know what I (do) if you (not be) here to help me.
IV. Choose the word or phrase among A, B, C or D that best fits the blank space in the following
passage.
Water Pollution in India
Contamination of water from any external source that makes it (1) to life is known as water
pollution. (2) the fast industrial development and modem civilization, the problem of water
pollution is (3) day by day. The (4) sources of water pollution are domestic wastes,
agricultural wastes, sewage disposal, industrial wastes, radioactive wastes and oil leakages.
All the Indian rivers. including the holy river Ganga, have become highly polluted today. However,
the Ganga Action Plan to control its water from pollution has not been proved (5) . The (6)
of water pollution is widespread. It causes many severe water- borne diseases.
According to WHO, 21 per cent of all (7) diseases in India are water-borne diseases. Oil is the
main pollutant of the sea water. Huge tankers often dump oil into the sea. This act of dumping (8)
kills sea plants and animals.
1. A. harm B. harmful C. harmless D. unharmed
2.A. At B. Of C. In D. With
3. A. increase B. increasing C. increased D. to increase
4. A. most B. more C. major D. hard
5. A.success B. successful C. unsuccessful D. succeeded
6. A. effect B. effects C. affect D. affects
7. A. communicate B. communicative C. communicable D. communication
8. A. poisons B.poisonous C. poisoning D. poisoned
V. Fill in each blank in the following passage with ONE suitable word.
 first children English use
main native increasing speak
th
In the first years of the 20 century, English medium education became popular for all groups in
Singapore. By the 1950s nearly all children went to school, and the majority were educated in (1)
.
Since Singapore became an independent Republic in 1965, the (2) of English has increased
still further. For many Singaporeans, English is the (3) language. Many families (4)
English at home and it is one of the (5) languages learnt by about haft of the
current pre-school (6) .
Over half of the population born since 1965 is (7) speakers of English, and the
proportion of this group is still (8) .
VI. Read the text, and do the tasks that follow.
Earthquakes
Earthquakes are among the deadliest natural disasters, causing the largest numbers ofcasualties, the
highest death tolls, and the greatest destruction. In 1556 in China, the deadliest earthquakes in history
killed 830,000 people. But many other earthquakes have caused the deaths of more than 100,000 people,
and it is not unusual, even in modern times, for an earthquake death toll to reach 20,000 to 30,000 people
with hundreds of thousands left homeless and with countless injured. The floodwaters of the 2004
tsunami in Sumatra, which killed over 200,000 people, were caused by a catastrophic earthquake.
Task 2: Decide whether the statements are true (T) or false (F).
T F
1. Earthquakes are one of the deadliest natural disasters.  
2. In modern times, the number of deaths caused by an earthquake is limited.  
3. China is the country with the deadliest earthquake in history.  
4. Earthquakes cause lots of death toll, homelessness and injuries.  
5. . Earthquakes do not cause tsunamis at all.  
VII. Read the passage carefully, and then answer the questions below.
Super Typhoon Haiyan
Super Typhoon Haiyan is one of the strongest tropical cyclones ever observed. It ripped through the
Philippines, and the destruction across the islands was disastrous and widespread. Houses and buildings
were leveled by the storm's powerful winds. Trees fell down and neighborhoods were under flood water.
One CNN reporter, upon seeing the hard-hit city of Tacloban, said: “It is like a tsunami has hit here."
About 9.5 million people have been affected by the typhoon Haiyan weakened to a tropical storm, but at
least five people died in Vietnam when Haiyan hit the country. Recovery from the monster typhoon,
locally known as Yolanda, would be long and difficult.

1. What is super Typhoon Haiyan considered?

2. What is another name for Typhoon Haiyan?

3. How was the destruction in the Philippines caused by Typhoon Haiyan?

4. How many people have been affected by Typhoon Haiyan?

5. How many people in Viet Nam died when the typhoon hit the country?

6. How was the recovery from the typhoon?

TEST 2 FOR UNIT 7,8,9

I. Choose the word which has a different stress pattern from the others.
1. A.hurricane B.tornado C.volcano D.eruption
2. A.terrific B.arabic C.statistic D.cosmetic
3. A.referee B.guarantee C.Japanese D.jubilee
4. A.classical B.electronic C.logical D.politic
5. A.nationality B.mobility C.equality D.majority

II. Choose the best answer A, B, C or D for each sentence.

1. We from different kinds of pollution: water air, soil and noise.
A.is suffering B.suffer C.are suffering D.had suffered
2. The babies when Alice came.
A.has slept B.have slept C.is sleeping D.were sleeping
3. America Thanksgiving Day on the fourth Thursday of November since 1864.
A.celebrates B.has celebrated C.is celebrating D.celebrated
4. The fish died massively because the water is .
A.damaged B.hotter C.contaminated D.poison
5. A natural disaster can cause loss of life or damage.
A.property B.house C.home D.money
6. are severe winter storms characterized by heavy snow and strong winds.
A.Droughts B.Blizzards C. Hailstorms D.Volcanic eruptions
7. The can be controlled by the stoppage of leakage from the radioactive materials including the
nuclear reactors, industries and laboratories.
A.light pollution B.visual pollution C.air pollution D.radioactive
pollution
8. English is of Australia and Singapore.
A.native language B.both A and C C.official language D.second
language
9. Australia has the biggest in the world.
A.natural beauty B.puzzling games C.cattle station D.tallest building
10. could possibly be avoided by better construction, safety systems, early warning and planning.
A.Earthquakes B.mudslide C.droughts D.forest fire

III. Complete the sentence with correct form of the verb.

1. We (save) thousands of trees if we (not waste) paper.
2. The storm destroyed the sandcastle that we (build) .
3. Thousands of house (damage) by the storm last night.
4. Jim crashed into another car because he (not/ realise) the red traffic light.
5. If we (have) a yacht, we would sail the seven seas.
6. If I lived on a lonely island, I (run) around naked all day.

IV. Read the text then answer the questions below.

ALES

Language
Wales is a country with two languages: Welsh and English. Welsh is spoken by around 20% of the
population. Although the north west the highest ratio of Welsh to English speakers, a greater number of
Welsh speakers live in the more populous south. Most areas are far from completely Anglicised, and the
language is strong across Wales.
There are several dialects of Welsh, most audibly north and south. The road signs are bilingual, giving
both the Welsh and English versions of the text and place names.
The Welsh language continues to flourish within Wales thanks to Welsh - medium education, a lively
media industry and the enthusiasm of people living i in Wales. The rights of the language have also been
helped by bilingual and language policies made law by the Government.
Symbols
 The daffodil and the leek are national flowers of Wales. One species of daffodil is found only in a small
area around Tenby.
According to legend, Saint David ordered his Welsh soldiers to identify themselves by wearing leeks on
their helmets in an ancient battle against the Saxons that took place in a leek field. This may be a myth, but
the vegetable certainly has enjoyed a lengthy association with the country. In Henry V, Shakespeare refers
to wearing one as an "ancient tradition", and in the same play Henry tells Fluellen he is wearing a leek, "for
I am Welsh, you know, good countryman”.

New words
Anglicise (v): Anh hóa
Dialect (n): tiếng địa phương, thổ ngữ
Audibly (adv): rõ ràng
Bilingual (adj): thông thạo 2 thứ tiếng
1. How many languages are spoken in Wales? What are they?

2. Which areas in Wales have the highest ratio of Welsh to English speak?

3. What language is used in the road signs?

4. What are national flowers of Wales?

5. Why leek is the symbol of Wales?

V. Read the text and choose the correct answers.

In the United States and Canada, for example, a simple handshake or nod is the norm. The handshake
has an interesting origin: it started long ago as a way of showing people that you weren't carrying a weapon.
Shaking the person’s right hand while looking him or her in the eye is the usual method. Handshakes are
also common in other parts of the world, including Britain and Russia. In Russia, males grasp other men’s
hands very strongly during the handshake. Handshakes are also how most people in New Zealand greet each
other. However, the native Maori people of that country display more physical contact: they press their noes
together in a sign of trust and closeness.
In other countries, such as France and Belgium, hugging and kissing are more common when two people
meet. In those cultures, people kiss each other on the cheeks. The number of times varies depending on the
particular country. In Saudi Arabia, men might hug and kiss each other (but not a woman) on the cheek.
Men will also shake hands with other men there. In some Eastern countries, including Korea and Japan,
bowing is the traditional greeting. In Japan, the deeper the bow, the deeper the respect shown. The strangest
custom, though, is likely in Tibet. People there opt to stick out their tongue to greet others.

1. What is this reading mainly about?

A. The importance of handshakes all around the world.
B. The origins and histories of various greetings.
C. The strangest types of greetings on Earth.
D. The wide range of greeting customs in the world.
2. Which of the following is true?
A. People in Russia, but not England, shake hands.
B. The number of times people kiss on the cheek varies.
C. In the past, people nodded if they weren't carrying a weapon.
D. You shouldn't look at people when shaking their hands in the United States.
3. How do most people in New Zealand greet each other?
A. With a handshake. B. By pressing noses together
C. With a kiss on the cheek. D. By sticking out their tongues.
4. Which country is NOT mentioned in the reading?
A. America. B. New Zealand C. France D. Malaysia
5. What can be inferred about greeting customs in Saudi Arabia?
A. Men shake hands with women when meeting them for the first time.
B. It's not proper for men to kiss women when they meet.
C. Women do not kiss other women when they meet.
D. Women can kiss men, but men can't kiss women when they meet.

VI. Reorder the words to make meaningful sentence.

1. the/ temperature/ is/ one/ degree/ today/ higher/ yesterday/ than/.

2. English/ an/ in/ official/ is/ language/ Singapore/.

3. The USA,/ the/ Kingdom/ and/ United/ New Zealand/ are/ English/ all/ countries/ speaking/.

4. What/ you/ do/ about/ like/ Scotland?

5. Aquatic/ may/ also/ plants/ die/ of/ the/ polluted/ because/ water/.

VII. Rewrite the sentences using the word given in brackets

1. I can't understand him because he speaks so quickly. (if)

2. Smoke from mills, factories and industry can cause health problems like asthma and lung diseases.
(lead)

3. We don't trust Lan because she behaves badly. (because of)

4. Although he took a taxi, he still arrived late for school. (in spite of)

UNIT 10 COMMUNICATION (GIAO TIẾP)

A- VOCABULARY
1. body language (n) /ˈbɒdi ˈlæŋɡwɪdʒ/: ngôn ngữ cơ thể, cử chỉ
2. communicate (v) /kəˈmjuːnɪkeɪt/: giao tiếp
3. communication breakdown (n) /kəˌmjuːnɪˈkeɪʃn ˈbreɪkdaʊn/: giao tiếp không thành công, không
hiểu nhau, ngưng trệ giao tiếp
4. communication channel (n) /kəˌmjuːnɪˈkeɪʃn ˈtʃænl/: kênh giao tiếp
5. cultural difference (n) /ˈkʌltʃərəl ˈdɪfrəns/: khác biệt văn hoá
6. cyber world (n) /ˈsaɪbə wɜːld/: thế giới ảo, thế giới mạng
7. chat room (n) /tʃæt ruːm/: phòng chat (trên mạng)
8. face-to-face (adj, ad) /feɪs tʊ feɪs/: trực diện (trái nghĩa với trên mạng)
9. interact (v) /ˌɪntərˈækt/: tương tác
10. landline phone (n) /ˈlændlaɪn fəʊn/ điện thoại bàn
11. language barrier (n) /ˈlæŋɡwɪdʒ ˈbæriə/: rào cản ngôn ngữ
12. message board (n) /ˈmesɪdʒ bɔːd/: diễn đàn trên mạng
13. multimedia (n) /ˌmʌltiˈmiːdiə/: đa phương tiện
14. netiquette (n) /ˈnetɪket/: phép lịch sự khi giao tiếp trên mạng
15. non-verbal language (n) /nɒn-vɜːbl ˈlæŋɡwɪdʒ/: ngôn ngữ không dùng lời nó
16. smart phone (n) /smɑːt fəʊn/: điện thoại thông minh
17. snail mail (n) /sneɪl meɪl/: thư gửi qua đường bưu điện, thư chậm
18. social media (n) /ˈsəʊʃl ˈmiːdiə: mạng xã hội
19. telepathy (n) /təˈlepəθi/: thần giao cách cảm
20. text (n, v) /tekst/: văn bản, tin nhắn văn bản
21. verbal language (n) /ˈvɜːbl ˈlæŋɡwɪdʒ/: ngôn ngữ dùng lời nói
22. video conference (n, v) /ˈvɪdiəʊ ˈkɒnfərəns/: hội thảo, hội họp qua mạng có hình ảnh

B GRAMMAR
I- ÔN TẬP THÌ TƯƠNG LAI TIẾP DIỄN (FUTURE CONTINUOUS)
1. Cách dùng
Cách dùng Ví dụ
Diễn tả hành động sẽ đang diễn ra tại một thời Tonight at 11pm, we will be dancing at the party.
điểm cụ thể trong tương lai. (Tối nay lúc 11 giờ, chúng tôi sẽ đang nhảy múa tại bữa
tiệc.)
Để hoạch định cho những việc được trông thấy You’ll recognize me when you get there. I’ll be wearing
đang xảy ra trong tương lai. jeans and a white T-shirt. I’ll besitting at a table at the
corner and reading a newspaper.
Hành động có dự định trước trong tương lai He will be leaving in a few days.
gần. Will you be going away this summer?
2. Dạng thức của thì tương lai tiếp diễn
Thể khẳng định Thể phủ định
I I
He/She/It/Danh từ số ít/ He/She/It/Danh từ số ít/
Danh từ không đếm được will be + V-ing Danh từ không đếm được will not/won’t be +
You/We/They/Danh từ số You/We/They/Danh từ số V-ing
nhiều nhiều
Ví dụ: Ví dụ:
At this time tomorrow, he will be doing his At 9pm tomorrow, they won’t be cleaning thei house.
homework. (Giờ này ngày mai, anh ấy sẽ đang làm (Lúc 9 giờ tối mai, họ sẽ không đang lau dọn nhà
bài tập về nhà.) đâu.)
At this time next week, I will be going to France. At this time next month, she won’t be working for
(Giờ này tuần sau, tôi sẽ đang đi Pháp) this company. (Giờ này tháng sau, cô ấy sẽ không
đang làm việc cho công ty này nữa.)

Thể nghi vấn Câu trả lời ngắn

I I
He/She/It/Danh từ số ít/ Yes, He/She/It/Danh từ số ít/ will.
Will Danh từ không đếm được be + V-ing Danh từ không đếm được
You/We/They/Danh từ số No, You/We/They/Danh từ số won’t
nhiều nhiều
Ví dụ:
* Will she be singing at this time tomorrow? (Cô ấy sẽ đang hát vào giờ này ngày mai chứ?)
🡒 Yes, she will./No, she won’t.
* Will you be having dinner at 6pm tomorrow? (Bạn sẽ đang ăn tối lúc 6 giờ tối mai à?)
🡒 Yes, I will./No, I won’t.
Dấu hiệu nhận biết
 Trong câu có các trạng từ chỉ thời gian như: An hour from now (1 tiếng nữa), tonight at … (tối nay lúc…
giờ), at this time tomorrow (giờ này ngày mai), at this time next week/month/year (giờ này tuần/tháng/năm
sau)…
BÀI TẬP VẬN DỤNG CƠ BẢN
Bài 1: Viết các câu dưới đây theo cấu trúc thì Tương lai tiếp diễn.
1. I’m going to watch television from 9 until 10 o’clock this evening.
So at 9.30 I
2. Tomorrow afternoon I’m going to play tennis from 3 o’clock until 4.30.
So at 4 o’clock tomorrow I
3. Jim is going to study from 7 o’clock until 10 o’clock this evening.
So at 8.30 this evening he
4. We are going to clean the flat tomorrow. It will take from 9 until 11
o’clock. So at 10 o’clock tomorrow morning
5. Tom is a football fan and there is a football match on television this evening. The match begins at 7.30
and ends at 9.15.
So at 8.30 this evening
6. Don’t phone me between 7 and 8 (we/have) dinner.
7. A: Can we meet tomorrow afternoon?
B: Not in the afternoon ( I/work).
8. Do you think (you/still/do) the same job in ten years’ time?
9. If you need to contact me, (I/stay) at the Hilton Hotel until Friday.
10. (I/meet) Laura at 9 tomorrow.
Bài 2: Đặt câu hỏi dưới đây theo cấu trúc thì Tương lai tiếp diễn.
1. You want to borrow your friend’s bicycle this
evening. (you/ use/ your bicycle this evening?)

2. You want your friend to give Tom a message this

afternoon. (you/ see/ Tom this afternoon?)

3. You want to use your friend’s typewriter tomorrow

evening. (you/ use/ your typewriter tomorrow evening?)

4. Your friend is going shopping. You want him/her to buy some stampsfor you at the post
office. (you/ pass/ the post office when you’re in town?)

Bài 3: Dùng cấu trúc thì tương lai tiếp diễn, hoàn thành những câu sau.
1. This time next week Helen (travel) to Brazil with her husband.
2. My aunt (open) her new restaurant in town.
3. They (swim) in the sea before the end of the month.
4. your friend (wait) for you at the airport?
5. My grandmother (have) an operation very soon.
6. Jackeline (interview) the candidates for the post.
7. I know you won’t be asleep at 12.00. You (play) computer games.
8. Next Saturday night Sonia (have) dinner with some friends.
9. The mechanic (repair) my car in the garage.
10. Joana (live) in Greece happily with her family.
11. My mom (decorate) our new flat.
12. The tennis player (compete) for the World Cup.
13. The police (investigate) the kipnapping of the kid.
14. We (celebrate) Christmas in a month’s time.
15. Why you (write) these novels in a short period of time?
16. By half past seven your father (arrive) in Berlin.
17. I (not wash) all my summer clothes by ten o’clock.
18. You (answer) all my questions for the survey.
19. My grandparents (spend) next month in Spain.
20. The gardener (cut) the old trees in aweek.
21. Barbara (do) the shopping in two hours.
22. Your teacher (correct) the final exams right now.
23. The woman (talk) with her friend on the phone.
24. My alarm clock (ring) tomorrow morning at 7.15.
II- VERBS + TO-INFINITIVES
-Nếu muốn theo sau một động từ là một hành động khác, ta phải dùng danh động từ (V-ing) hoặc
động từ nguyên thể có “to” (to V).
-Một số động từ thường được theo sau bởi động từ nguyên thể có TO:
want (muốn) try (cố gắng) need (cần)
plan (dự định) hope (hi vọng) promise (hứa)
decide (quyết định) expect (mongmỏi) learn (học)
choose (chọn) forget (quên) refuse (từchối)
agree (đồng ý) seem (dườngnhư) deserve (xứngđáng)
help (giúp đỡ) manage (xoaysởđược) afford (cóđủkhảnăng)
appear (tỏ ra) arrange (thuxếp) pretend (giả vờ)
fail (thất bại) hesitate (lưỡnglự) prepare (chuẩnbị)
Ví dụ:
- What do you want to do this evening? (Tối nay bạn muốn làm gì?)
- Mai has decided to sell her car. (Mai đã quyết định bán xe hơi của cô ấy.)
- I can’t afford to buy it. (Tôi không đủ khả năng để mua nó.)
- They agreed to help us. (Họ đồng ý giúp đỡ chúng tôi.)
- She appeared to be tired. (Cô ấy xem ra trông mệt mỏi.)
- We arranged tomeet atten. (Chúng tôi thu xếp gặp nhau lúc 10 giờ.)
* LƯU Ý
- Một vài động từ như love, hate, prefer có thể theo sau bởi cả V-ing và to V mà không có sự thay đổi
về nghĩa.
BÀI TẬP VẬN DỤNG CƠ BẢN
Bài 4: Cho dạng đúng của động từ trong ngoặc, gerund (V-ing) hoặc to-infinitive (to V)
1. Jim loves in Thailand. (to work)
2. I hate the shopping on Saturday. (to do)
3. Blast! I forgot milk. (to buy)
4. In the end we decided in. (to stay)
5. I need some information about Portugal. (to find)
6. My parents like for long walks at the weekend. (to go)
7. Tony gave up years ago. (to smoke)
8. I wanted and see Troy but no one else was interested. (to go)
9. Mrs. Leith offered us to the airport. (to take)
10. Clare refused clean up after the party. (to help)
11. I tried him to come but it was no use. (to persuade)
12. Do you mind not ? (to smoke)
13. Everybody really enjoys the cha-cha-cha. (to dance)
14. Lionel admitted my chocolate mousse. (to eat)
15. We arranged under the station clock at half nine. (to meet)
16. The firemen managed the fire pretty quickly. (to put out)
17. I always try to avoid him whenever I can. (to see)
18. My brother denied my chocolate mousse. Maybe his hamster ate it. (to eat)
Bài 5: Dựa vào đáp án của Bài 4, đặt động từ in đậm vào cáccột bên trái sao cho thích hợp. Sau đó
dịch nghĩa của động từ sang tiếng Việt.
VERB + GERUND VERB + TO + INFINITIVE
Translation Translation
1. ………………… 1. …………………
2. ………………… 2. …………………
3. ………………… 3. …………………
 4. ………………… 4. …………………
5. ………………… 5. …………………
6. ………………… 6. …………………
7. ………………… 7. …………………
8. ………………… 8. …………………
9. ………………… 9. …………………
Bài 6: Đọc đoạn văn dưới đây. Hoàn thành các câu bằng cách cho dạng đúng của động từ trong ngoặc
ở dạng V-ing hoặc to V.
Minutes of the English Club Meeting
End of term gathering
Eric said that we should begin (1) (plan) the End of Term Gathering of the English
Club as he had promised (2) (give) the details to Mrs. Clean by next week. Mark
suggested (3) (book) a room at the Golden Dragon Restaurant. However, Susan felt that
most members could’t afford (4) (pay) for an expensive dinner. Ellen offered
(5) (let) us use her parens’home in Kowloon Tong on Saturday afternoon. She said that
she liked (6) (have) big parties and she didn’t mind (7) (organize) it
by herself. However, Donald hated (8) (make) one person do all the work. He
wanted
(9) (get)more members involved. Simon considered (10) (hold) the
gathering at the Beachside Café in Sai Kung. He thought most members would enjoy
(11) (go) to Sai Kung. Maggie said a lot of members would hesitate
(12) (travel) all the way to Sai Kung because of the distance.
The members continue (13) (discuss) the suggestions for time but no decision was
reached.
BÀI TẬP TỔNG HỢP NÂNG CAO
Bài 7: Dựa vào các từ cho sẳn, viết câu ở thì Tương lai tiếp diễn.
1. (I/not travel/next week)
2. (Sam/study/at two o’clock)
3. (you/work/tonight)
4. A: (she/study) ? B: No,she
5. (they/not drive/tomorrow)
6. A: (you/sleep?) B: Yes, I
7. we/watch/TV/tonight)
8. (Mr.Smith/fly to Italy/soon)
9. (the sun/set/at seven o’clock)
10. A: (we/eat/soon?) B: Yes, we
11. (where/you/stay?)
12. (I/do/my homework/tonight)
13. (how/they/get to work?)
14. A: (she/play?) B: No, she
15. (I/get a haircut/this afternoon)
Bài 8: Khoanh tròn vào phương án đúng.
1. We don’t want coming/to come last in the league.
2. It’s best to avoid eating/to eat too much sugar.
3. You have to practice to kick/kicking the ball.
4. You might choose not coming/to come.
5. She’s learning to play/playing the guitar.
6. He refused to listen/listening to them.
7. We agreed being/to be there at six.
8. I can’t imagine not living/to live in Spain.
9. They expect being/to be about half an hour late.
10. It seems to be/being working well.
11. You promised to come/coming to the match.
12. They’ve decided to cooperate/ coorperating with us.
13. He denies planning/to plan the robbery.
14. They deserve being/to be proud.
15. When will you finish to cook/cooking?
16. Can you help me to write/writing this essay?
17. They admitted to steal/stealing the car.
18. I’ll consider giving/to give up next year.
19. Eveyone enjoys relaxing/to relax on the beach.
20. I hope to stay/staying for at least a week.
21. We like swimming/to swim in the sea.
22. They prefer to dance/dancing to singing.
23. I think I’ll manage to do/doing it by myself.
24. I’ll try to finish/finishing this before Monday.

C.EXERCISES
TEST 1 UNIT 10
I. Choose the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from that of the others.
1. A. metal B. scatter C. package D. math
2. A. smell B. press C. melt D. refill
3. A. those B. clothes C. shopping D. envelope
4. A. down B. throw C. nowadays D. how
5. A. plants B. fields C. trees D. newspapers

II. Choose the words that have the different stress from the others.
1. A. polite B. penfriend C. shorthand D. breakdown
2. A. multimedia B. possibility C. telepathy D. interactive
3. A. battery B. conference C. oversleep D. barrier
4. A. landline B. touchscreen C. cyber D. replace
5. A. visible B. discussion C. digital D. separate
III. Choose the word or phrase that best completes each unfinished sentence below.
1. Every few weeks new satellites into orbit.
A. are put B. is put C. are putted D. is putted
2. You ought to give up smoking because it is harmful to your health.
A. should B. could C. may D. am going to
3. Try to the amount of fat in your diet.
A. reuse B. refill C. reduce D. recycle
4. It is to park in the center of Newtown.
A. impossible B. impossibility C. impossibilities D. impossibly
5. I am delighted you passed your exam.
A. that B. to C. in order to D. so that
6. We will begin a brief discussion of the problems.
A. from B. with C. at D. on
7. Tree leaves to wrap things.
A. should used B. should been used
C. should be used D. should be use
8. is a wonderful natural fertilizer.
A. Compost B. Plastic C. Envelope D. Garbage
9. Glass is broken up, melted and made into new .
A. silverware B. hardware C. ironware D. glassware
10. Is the rubbish every day?
A. collect B. collecting C. collected D. be collected
11. In 1876, the telephone first introduced by Bell and Watson.
 A. was B. is C. has been D. had been
12. It’s important wildlife in the area.
A. to conserve B. conserving C. conservation D. conserve
13. Japan 40% of its waste every year.
A. reuses B. recycles C. refill D. broken
14. We were delighted your letter yesterday.
A. to get B. got C. getting D. get
15. Sooner or later a satellite by a large piece of rubbish.
A. will destroy B. will destroyed
C. will be destroyed D. will been destroyed
16. Let’s play tennis instead of television.
A. watch B. watching C. watches D. to watch
17. Everything depends on what you mean the word “free”.
A. about B. for C. of D. by
18. We should use bags instead of plastic bags.
A. cloth B. clothe C. clothed D. clothing
19. Beer for breakfast in England years ago.
A. used be drunk B. used to be drunk
C. used to drunk D. used to be drank
20. I some rice on the floor of the chicken coop.
A. raised B. grew C. threw away D. scattered
IV. Complete the sentences, using the correct form of the words in brackets.
1. Helen cannot talk to John because his nickname is . (visible)
2. High- speed Internet provides me with videos. (interact)
3. With telegraphy, the information will be sent . (immediate)
4. She used signs to tell me that we were late. (direct)
5. Paul and missed some phone calls yesterday morning. (sleep)
6. The secretary put Thomas through the manager’s landline . (instant)
7. The mute usually communicate with each other. (non- verbal)
8. I think Janet is not because of her unfriendliness. (communicate)
V. Read the passage and complete the sentences.
One of the main sources for the spreading of news and events through out the world is the newspaper.
The purpose of newspaper is to inform the public of political, social, economic and entertainment
happenings, among other things. Generally, there are three types of newspapers. Daily newspapers publish at
least one edition every weekday. Most dailies also have a weekend edition. Daily newspapers often have
sections for news, sports, arts, and entertainment, business, and classified advertising. Weekly newspapers
print once a week and cover news of interest to readers in a smaller area than that of a daily paper. They
focus on local happenings rather than national or international events. Special-interest newspapers may
publish daily, weekly, monthly, or even less frequently. They generally disseminate news of interest to a
particular group of readers of feature news about a specific topic.
Thanks to the development of Internet, we can now get access to electronic newspapers. To some extent,
e-newspapers are cheap, up-to-date, and convenient for most readers in the world.
1. The purpose of newspapers is to..................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................
2. There are three types of newspaper. They are ............................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................
3. Daily newspapers often have sections for ...................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................
4. Weekly newspapers focus on ......................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................
5. Special-interest newspapers cover news of interest to ................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................
 6. Electronic newspapers are ..........................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................
VI. Read the passage and answer the questions.
THE POSTAGE STAMP
Before the invention of the postage stamp, it was difficult to send a letter to another country. The sender
paid for the letter to travel in his or her own country. Then the person in the other country paid for that part
of the trip. If a letter crossed several countries, the problem was worse.
Rowland Hill, a British teacher, had the idea of the postage stamp with gum on the back. The British post
office made the first stamps in 1840. They were the Penny Black and the Twopence Blue. A person bought a
stamp and put it on a letter, the post office delivered the letter. When people received letters, they didn’t
have to pay anything. The letters was prepaid.
Postage stamps became popular in Great Britain immediately. Other countries started making their own
postage stamps very quickly.
There were still problems with international mail. Some countries did not want accept letter with stamps
from another countries. Finally, in 1874, a German organized the Universal Postal System. Each country in
the UPS agreed to accept letter with prepaid postage from the other members. Today the offices of the U PS
are in Switzerland. Almost every country in the world is a member of this organization. It takes care of any
international mail problems.
Today post offices in every country sell beautiful stamps. Collecting stamps is one of the most popular
hobbies in the world, and every stamp collector knows about the Penny Black and the Twopence Blue.

Questions
1. Why was it difficult to send a letter to another country before the invention of the postage stamp?
.....................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................
2. Why were the postage stamps popular?
.....................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................
3. How did other countries react with the postage stamps?
.....................................................................................................................................................
4. What does the Universal Postal System do today?
.....................................................................................................................................................
5. Why do stamp collectors know about the Penny Black?
.....................................................................................................................................................
VII. Choose the word (A, B, C, or D) that best fits each of the blank spaces.
Dear Sir or Madam,
We are in Class B, Year 8 at Stonehouse School. Every year our class goes (1) an adventure
holiday. This year we would like (2) your center. We are planning (3)
away for the first week in May, arriving on Friday 2 May. There will be 15 boys and 15 girls in our party,
and two teachers. We are (4) in sailing, rock climbing, canoeing, and map-reading. Can you send us
information about your center?
We look forward (5) from you.
Yours faithfully,
Class B
1. A. in B. at C. aver D. on
2. A. attend B. attending C. to attend D. to attending
3. A. go B. to go C. going D. to going
4. A. interested B. interesting C. bored D. boring
5. A. hear B. to hear C. hearing D. to hearing
VIII. Choose the word or phrase among A, B, C or D that best fits the blank space in the following
passage.
TELEPATHY: MIND TO MIND COMMUNICATION
 The (1) “telepathy” has been derived from the words “tele” meaning “distance” and “pathy”
meaning “feeling”. So telepathy actually means (2) feelings through a distance. Telepathy is the
communication (3) two minds, (4) over a distance, without the (5) of
the five known senses.
At some point of time or the other, we all have (6) telepathy. Maybe you were thinking of
someone you haven’t talked to for months and you suddenly get a call from them. Or (7)
two people are together, they might say the same thing at the same time. These are spontaneous mind-to-
mind (8) that tend to occur frequently between closely related individuals.
1. A. word B. phrase C. letter D. signal
2. A. holding B. getting C. bringing D. carrying
3 A. through B. among C. between D. across
4. A. separate B. be separated C. separating D. separated
5. A. using B. use c. take D. taking
6. A. experienced B. brought C. made D. taken
7. A. where B. during C. when D. since
8. A. ways B. methods C. techniques D. communications
IX. Complete each sentence so it means the same as the sentence above.
1. The traffic was bad. However, I arrived on time.
🡢 Though ........................................................................................
2. I don’t know many English words
🡢 I wish ..........................................................................................
3. “Do you have many friends?”
🡢 She asked me ..............................................................................
4. We don’t have a lot of money, so we don’t buy a lot of new books.
🡢 If we ............................................................................................
5. Learning English is not easy.
🡢 It is ..............................................................................................

X. Complete the sentences, using the given words in the brackets.

1. Mr. Brown wants to use solar energy. Mr. Brown does not have enough money to buy necessary
equipment. (but)
.....................................................................................................................................................
2. Shakespeare died in 1616. He had written more than 37 plays before then. (by the time)
.....................................................................................................................................................
3. Douglas fell off his bicycle last week. He has had to use crutches to walk. (since)
.....................................................................................................................................................
4. I turned off the lights. After that, I left the room. (before)
.....................................................................................................................................................
5. The frying pan caught on fire. I was making dinner at that time. (while)
.....................................................................................................................................................
6. I won’t return my book to the library. I’ll finish my research project first. (until)
.....................................................................................................................................................

XI. Use the words or phrases to complete the letter.

Dear Mary,
1. I / have / great time / here in England.
.....................................................................................................................................................
2. I / be / here / three months / my university term / start / two months ago.
.....................................................................................................................................................
3. I / live / dormitory / some foreign students.
.....................................................................................................................................................
4. They / come / different parts / the world.
.....................................................................................................................................................
5. They / be / very friendly and pleasant, / and / their English / much better / mine.
.....................................................................................................................................................
6. I practice / speak English / them / every day.
.....................................................................................................................................................
7. Now / make /good progress.
.....................................................................................................................................................
8. My pronunciation / much better / and / I / understand / almost everything.
.....................................................................................................................................................
9. I / hope / my English / considerably / improve / the end / course.
.....................................................................................................................................................
10. Write / me / soon.
.....................................................................................................................................................
Yours truly,
Mai Lan
XII. Reorder the words to make the sentences.
1. her/ is/ phone/ choosing/ tone/ for/ ringback/ a/ to/ Lan / set/ song.
.................................................................................................................
2. her/ She/ in/ kept/ order/ watch/ at/ late/ on/ to/ avoid/ being/ glancing.
.................................................................................................................
3. reading/ board/ at/ Nga/ be/ the/ 8.00/ will/ tomorrow/ message/ a.m.
.................................................................................................................
4. ages/ , / hasn’t/ their/ has/ replied/ Peter/ yet/ received/ he/ but/ email/ for/ it.
.................................................................................................................
5. than/ Snail/ is/ much/ it/ mail/ email/ is / slower/ not/ because/ favoured.
.................................................................................................................
TEST 2 UNIT 10
I. Choose the word which has a different stress pattern from the others.
1. A.charity B.reality C.quality D.density
2. A.curiosity B.personality C.community D.university
3. A.additive B.positive C.primitive D.possessive
4. A.nationality B.mobility C.. equality D.majority
5. A.transitive B.effective C.positive D.sensitive
II. Choose the best answer A, B, C or D to complete the sentences.
6. A study shows that teenagers use text messaging to communicate with their friends more than .
A.to send email B.to write letters C.emailing D.texting
7. The communication services, along with chat rooms, continue
to be an important part of children's online interactions.
A.online B.offline C.direct D.phone
8. Email are often necessary to join social networking sites, online,
and virtual worlds.
A.address B.information C.senders D.accounts
9. Email, and chat rooms let children with friends and family members.
A.talk B.say C.speak D.communicate
10. Skype is a voice allowing users to talk to others across the world.
A.hardware B.software application C.Internet access D.web
browser
11. Luckily, there are many communication techniques to help overcome .
A.foreign languages B.culture shocks C.language barriers D.sound barriers
12. A non-native speaker most likely can recognise the - the non-verbal communication.
A.second language B.official language C.sign language D.body language
13. The facial expressions for happiness, sadness, anger, surprise, fear, and disgust are the same across

A.languages B.cultures C.habits D.people

14. Seven of 10 people prefer face-to-face when having a date.
A.code B.sign C.language D.contact
15. We should not passwords with anyone.
A.share B.send C.bring D.lend
III. Choose the best answer A, B, C or D to complete the sentences with the correct verb form.
16. I with my aunt when I go to Ha Noi next summer.
A.stay B.staying C.stayed D.will be staying
17. "When is your math exam?" - "Well, at this time tomorrow, I for it.”
A.will sit B.Will be sitting C.sit D.is sitting
18. You'll recognize Jenny when you see her. She a red hat.
A.wears B.is wearing C.will wear D.will be wearing
19. Do you spend a lot of time to music?
A.listen B.to listen C.listening D.to be listening
20. How many times have I told you football in the street?
A.not to play B.do not play C.not playing D.will not play
21. I don't mind up early in the morning.
A.get B.to get C.getting D.to getting
22. It was nice of her to let me her laptop.
A.borrow B.to borrow C.borrowing D.to borrowing
23. She is looking forward her grandparents again soon.
A.see B.to see C.seeing D.to seeing
IV. Complete the sentences with the verbs given in the table.
leave make post send take
1. Just a minute I need to a quick phone call.
2. If I'm not home, you can a message with my dad.
3. You look very funny. Just a minute, I’m going to a photo of you.
4. I'm just going out to an important letter.
5. It's Mai's birthday on Sunday. Don't to forget to her a card.
V. Match the verbs in column A with the nouns in column B to make meaningful phrases, and
write the answer in each blank.
Answer A B
1. express A. eye contact
2. achieve B. a message
3. hold C. your head
4. impress D. a question
5. make E. an opinion
6. nod F. a rule
7. send G. a result
8. ask H. ananswer
9. follow I. a conversation
10. give J. other people
VI. Complete the sentences in as many ways as you can, using the phrases in section A.
1. If you need to contact someone urgently, you can
2. The cheapest way to keep in touch is to
3. If you need to find some information quickly, you can .
4. If the person you call doesn't answer, you can .
5. 100 years ago if people wanted to communicate with each other, they .
6. If you want to wish someone happy birthday, you can .
 7. If you're on holiday and want to contact your friends, you can .
8. If you go out and you want to leave a message for a member of your family, you can
9. If you want to say thank you for a meal or present, you can .
10. If you're bored and can't think of anything to do, you can .
VII. Put the verbs in brackets in the future continuous tense to show what will be happening in the
year of 2100.
In the year of 2100, …
1. We information with the help of hybrid languages, using visuals rather than
letters. (share)
2. We a universal translator to deal with any foreign language. (use)
3. Scientists man-made meat because there will be no land for
farming. (develop)
4. Advanced technology people to avoid the feeling of pain. (help)
5. Doctors the Vscan - a simple handheld device to see what is going on
inside the patient's body. (use)
6. Scientists the deserts to farming lands. (change)
7. We the scanning technology to create the metal products. (use)
8. Scientists the technology of organs regrowth so that there will not
be any disabled people. (develop)
9. Scientists the DNA banks to save endangered species. (use)
10. "Information lens” our eyes to get details of what is seeing. (make)
VIII. Complete the sentences with the correct form of the verbs in brackets.
1. My mother wants me (post) this letter before afternoon.
2. He prefers (have) chicken soup rather than (drink) milk.
3. My mother made my brother (tidy) his room.
4. The teacher told his students (stop) making noise.
5. My father doesn't mind (do) the housework, but he hates (do) the
cooking.
6. Mai suggested (go) for a drink

IX. Complete the text with the words/phrases below.

cyber-bullying homepage keep in touch with
online posted view
I’ve stopped going on social networks now because I was suffering from (1) .
Somebody was posting aggressive comments on my homepage. I've never (2) a nasty
comment on anybody’s (3) , and I don't have any enemies so I think it was a stranger. I
don’t like the idea that a stranger can (4) my photos or my personal information.
Now, I prefer to (5) my friends by phone. If I want my friends to see photos or
videos, I don’t need to post them (6) . I can send them on my phone by using the
mobile application - Viber.
X. Choose the word or phrase among A, B, C or D that best fits the blank space in the following
passage.
E-mail, and chat rooms let children communicate (1) friends and family members. They can also
allow children to connect with people that they have never (2) in person. Knowing a little about each of
these communication services can help parents (3) children safer while online.
Through e-mail, (4) can easily send and receive messages. These messages may also have text,
audio, and picture files attached. Signing up for an e-mail account is simple (5) most services
offer them for free. Sometimes these messages contain viruses, or her inappropriate content, so parents
should warn children to be wary of e-mails from (6) people.
 Chat rooms are online hang-out spots where anyone can talk about (7) - current events, books,
and other common interests. Users often do not know each other in real life, so it is important that parents
keep a close eye on the content of any (8) .
1. A. to B. with C.for D.through
2. A. met B. gone C.asked D.called
3. A. save B. protect C.surround D.keep
4. A. receivers B. messengers C.users D.partners
5. A. due to B. because C.because of D.so
6. A. known B. well-known C.unknown D.unpopular
7. A. every B. something C.nothing D.anything
8. A. conversations B.meetings C.letter D.users
XI. Read the article and then decide whether the statements are true (T) or false (F).
Telepathy is the ability to communicate information using your mind. Information is transmitted from
one minds to another using means other than your well-known perceptual senses. Telepathy ranges from
the basic reading of minds to more intense power, such as implanting or disrupting thoughts in other
people's minds.
There are a few common reasons why someone become telepathic. For example, there are those who are
simply born with a sense of knowing. These people talk about seeing spirits. But they tend to suppress
abilities as children and often lose it as adults. Alternatively, a life-changing event may open them up to
being telepathic and exploring their gift even further.
Also, there are times when a near-death experience or serious accident can also open someone up and
cause a telepathic awakening. And in some cases, hypnosis or healing sessions can help a sixth sense to
awaken. Such sessionshelp with getting energy flowing and causing a shift in awareness and
consciousness.
T F
1. Telepathy is the ability to communicate information using normal senses.  
2. Telepathy can be found in several forms.  
3. People who often talk about seeing spirits may be telepathic.  
4. Some people may not recognize and develop their telepathic abilities, so they lose
these skills.  
5. A near-death experience or serious accident can make a person become telepathic.  
6. We can awaken telepathy by making energy flowing and causing a shift between awareness
and sleep.  

XII. Read about Michelle and Kenji and choose the correct answer.
Linking the World
Because of the Internet, people from all over the world can now be friends even if they never meet.
Michelle and Kenji are online friends. They tell us how they use their computers.
Michelle, 15, New York, USA
"When I'm doing a school project, I use my computer to go online and search the Internet for
information. Then I write the project on the computer. Right now I'm doing one on the Brazilian
rainforest. If I find some good photos, I'll include them. And, of course, I use my computer to stay in
touch with friends like Kenji"
Kenji, 14, Manchester, UK
“I'm on my computer from eight until ten o'clock every evening. I use it to chat to Michelle, play
games, to check the latest football news and to chat about my favourite team, Manchester City. If they
win the match this Saturday, I'll be really happy. Unfortunately, Michelle is a Manchester United
supporter!"
1. Michelle and Kenji are .
A. brother and sister B. friends
2. They .
A. meet once or twice a week B. have never met
 3. Michelle talks to Kenji .
A. online B. on her mobile phone
4. When she does school projects, Michelle usually .
A. takes her own photos B. finds photos on the Internet
5. Kenji goes online .
A. every morning B. every evening.
6. Michelle and Kenji often chat about .
A. football B. their school projects
7. Kenji supports .
A. Manchester United B. Manchester City
8. Both of them use the Internet .
A. to keep in touch with their friends B. for their study
XIII. Four people have talked about what they have done in their free time so far this week. Answer
the questions below.
Nick:I've spent about thirty hours on the Internet so far this week. I'm really into it. I usually go on about
9.00 in the evening after dinner and homework. I maybe stay on until half past eleven in the evening
when the rest of my family are all in bed.
Mi: Mi haven't watched any TV so far this week. 1 don't have a television. I hate television - it's really
bad for you.
Phong:I haven't written any letters so far this year. Nobody writes letters these days, do they? I always
send e-mails, or cards if it's a birthday or something personal.
Mai: I don't know how many books I've read so far this year … too many to count. I've read five books this
week. I usually read about four or five in a week. I love reading. If I really like a book, I might read it five
or six times
1. How many hours has Nick spent on the Internet this week?

2. When does Nick often go to bed after going on the Net?

3. Why does Mi hate television?

4. How can Phong communicate with others?

5. How many books does Mai read in a week?

XIV. Write an email to your teacher about missing assignment, using the clues given.
Dear Teacher,
1. My name/ Hoang Diem Mi/ I/ your student/ class 8A.

2. I/ would like/ express my appreciation/ all your efforts/ teaching chemistry/ our class.

3. I/ write/ this letter/ apologize/ not submit/ my lab report/ on time.

4. I/ sorry about/ forget/ the deadline/ the report/ due last week.

5. I/ promised/ this thing/ not happen again.

6. I/ hope for/ kind understanding/ and accept/ late submission.

Best regards,
Hoang Diem Mi
X. Write an email to your teacher after you miss the lesson and ask to meet the teacher, using the clues
given.
Dear Ms. Huong,
 1. I/ sorry/I/ absent/ your Biology class/ yesterday/ because/ I/ have a high temperature.

2. A classmate/ tell me that/ handouts/ the next lab assignment/ give.

3. We/ submit/ our assignments/ next Friday.

4. Can I meet/ you tomorrow's recess/ ask some questions/ the correct way to write it?

5. I/ look forward/ speak/ you soon.

Thank you very much.

Best regards,
Pham Van Phong
TEST 3 UNIT 10
I. Circle the word with a different stress pattern from the others.
1. A.sensitive B.active C.attractive D.talkative
2. A.community B.activity C.quality D.character
3. A.nationality B.opportunity C.creativity D.communication
4. A.express B.practice C.describe D.decide
5. A.language B.conference C.understand D.message
II. Choose the word marked A, B, C, or D that the underlined part is pronounced differently from
the others.
1. A.community B.sensitive C.variety D.interactive
2. A.connect B.perfect C.select D.correct
3. A.verbal B.customer C.generous D.afternoon
4. A.connection B.creation C.information D.suggestion
5. A.table B.climb C.cube D.stab

III. Choose the answer that has a different stress pattern from the others.
1. A. situation B. environment C. community D. immediate
2. A. intrusive B. connection C. customer D. dramatic
3. A. implementation B. generosity C. possibility D. automatically
4. A. entertainment B. population C. innovative D. temporary
5. A. numerous B. industry C. portable D. variety
6. A. economy B. economic C. industrial D. committee

IV. Choose the correct answer A, B, C, or D to complete the sentences.

1. I don't know how we can with her. She's too far away.
A. keep in touch B. cope C. catch up D. keep pace
2. He don’t understand the instruction on this website, so he have to use messages.
A. instant B. online C. non-verbal D. verbal
3. She don't have the doctor's telephone number to book a(n) with him.
A. ticket B. appointment C. lunch set D. seat
4. Sending letters by post office has become today, in comparison to email.
A. more popular B. popular C. much popularer D. less
popular
5. , dancing and painting are examples of non-verbal communication.
A. chatting B. smiling C. singing D. emailing
6. Using in presentation is very important to make your speech more attractive.
A. body language B. poems C. sign language D. music
 V. Choose the best answer A, B, C, or D to complete these sentences below.
1. We took part in a lot of interesting to make acquaintance with each other in the chat room.
A.communities B.activities C.conferences D.contests
2. The sign language provides the deaf more to communicate with those who are deaf or hard
of hearing.
A.options B.opportunities C.situations D.activities
3. In presentation, presenters should use their body language such as hand gesture, eye contact to
communicate with the audience .
A.effective B.effectively C.more effective D.more effectively
4. Nowadays, our country creates more products to persuade customers from other countries to buy.
A.competitive B.expensive C.luxurious D.beautiful
5. Try to think about troubles that you may get into in your life.
A.negative B.positive C.negatively D.positively
6. The portable wireless devices or Readers will be paper thin, flexible and have wireless in the
future.
A.usages B.connections C.Wi Fi D.techniques
7. Recent advancements in 3D virtual imaging and scanning technologies are making your “virtual
presence” a real .
A. possibility B.creativity C. quality D. identify
8. The future will bring a slew of new products that will change the way we with each other
and with machines.
A.communicated B.communicating C.communication
D.communicate
9. Which one is not correct to fill in the blank?
Hand gestures is a type of which make people listen to you.
A.verbal communication B.body language
C. sign language D.non-verbal communication
10. With mobile , devices with solar power can be put in relatively remote locations, or can be
free to roam.
A. phones B.connectivity C.vehicles D.equipment
VI. Fill in the blank with the words from the box to complete the sentences.

facial expression Emails face-to-face meeting letters

body language Texting video chat signs
1. Teenagers often use abbreviations when to save time.
2. People who cannot hear or speak often communicate with each other by using .
3. In a , people communicate directly to each other.
4. Using during your talk is an effective way to attract more people’s attention.
5. In the past, people who live far away used to write to keep touch with their relatives or
their family.
6. helps people connect to each other in such a quick and cheap way.
7. Smiling and blinking your eyes are examples of .
8. Since the appearance of the Internet, people have been able to send to contact with people
from any countries in the world.

VII. Complete the sentences with the correct forms of the verb in the brackets.
1. Do you enjoy (write) letters to your friends?
2. He has decided (install) the Internet to look for information more easily.
3. She intends (participate) in the program called "The survivor” to experience the life in an
isolated island.
4. We’ll need (bring) more food and drinks for the trip.
 5. You should avoid (spend) much time (play) computer games because you can
lose your skills to communicate with people face to face.
6. He plans (book) an appointment with the doctor. He needs (examine) his health.
7. Our teacher didn't mind (explain) the exercise until we understood it yesterday.
8. Peter denied (steal) that mobile phone.

VIII. Complete the text with the past simple, present continuous or future continuous.
1. It (be) expensive to make a phone call in a long distance 10 year ago.
2. Nowadays, emails and video chat (help) people to contact to each other easily and
inexpensively.
3. By this time tomorrow, I (learn) Japanese at Language Center.
4. When I (be) young, I and my friend (write) letters to each other so that we
could keep in touch.
5. In 20 years I think I (talk) to my children by telegraph and holograph when they live far
away from home.
6. Last night I (make) several phone calls to her, but she (not answer) . Now I (be)
worried about her.
7. In the year 2020, they (invent) some devices to help people who cannot hear or speak to
communicate through their mind.
8. She (plan) to have an outing with her family this Sunday.

IX. Complete the following sentences with the correct form of the words in the to the brackets.
1. Our coffee is a very products in the international market due to the high quality
and the reasonable price. (competition)
2. We both admired his in helping other people. (generous)
3. The dress was , so I did not have a look on it. (attract)
4. He with most of the people in last night's face-to-face meeting. He was so
talkative. (communication)
5. They were very surprised when they knew his . (nation)
6. He is so to his community because he never misses an opportunity to help people. (activity) I
7. In addition to hand gestures, facial also belongs to non-verbal communication. (express)
8. Despite the of chatting online, we will still be using face-to-face meetings to communicate with
each other in the year 2050. (popular)

X. Choose the correct answer to each blank to complete the passage.

Today, computer companies sell many (1) programs for computers. First, there are programs (2)
math problems. Second, there are (3) for scientific studies. Third, some programs are
(4) fancy typewriters. They are often (5) by writers and business people. Other programs
are made for courses in schools and universities. And (6) there are programs for fun. These (7)
word games and puzzles (8) children and adults.

1. A.differ B.different C.differently D.difference

2. A.do B.doing C.for doing D.to doing
3. A.companies B.programs C.computers D.problems
4. A. like B. as C. so D.same
5. A. use B. used C. using D. used to
6. A.next B.after that C.however D.finally
7. A.include B.connect C.restrict D.concern
8. A. of B. for C. about D. to
 XI. Read the following passage and choose the item (a, b, c, or d) that best answers each of the
questions about it.

Is computer shopping the way of the future? About 37% of American households now have personal
computers. And shopping by computer (or “shopping on-line) is interesting to more people every day.
Already, shoppers I can use their computers to order many different products, such as computer products,
flowers, food, T-shirts, and posters. And new online shopping services appear every day. Soon people may
be able to shop for anything, anytime, anywhere in the world.

Questions:
1. What is the passage written about?
A. Computer shopping B. Personal computer
C. The future in America D. Shopping
2. What does the word "their" in line 4 refer to?
A. people B. shoppers C. households D. personal computers
3. Shoppers can buy by computer.
A. many different products B. anything
C. food D. A&C
4. What does the word "appear" in the sentence “new online shopping services appear every day" mean?
A. become available for the first time B. be bought
C. be sold D. arrive somewhere
5. Which of the following is not true?
A. About 63% of American households don't have personal computers now.
B. Now many people find it interesting to shop by computer
C. "Shopping by computer" is also called as "shopping on-line".
D. Nowadays, it is certain that people can buy anything, anytime, anywhere by computer.

XII. Choose the word (A, B, C, or D) that best fits each of the blank spaces.
Not so long ago, people only used the (l) to make phone calls. Now, thanks to computers,
people use their phones (2) much more. They can bank by phone, rent videos (3) phone, and even
shop by phone. It is also possible (4) letters and reports by faxing them over telephone lines. People
can even use their phone lines to (5) messages from one computer to another computer by (6)
mail, or e-mail.
1. A. fax machine. B. telephone C. computer D. dishwasher
2. A. do B. doing C. to do D. to doing
3. A. with B. by C. in D. at
4. A. send B. sending C. to send D. to sending
5. A. take B. leave C. send D. write
6. A. electricity B. electrical C. electric D. electronic

XIII. Choose the correct answer to complete the passage.

Telephone, television, radio, and the Internet help people (1) with each other. (2)
these devices, ideas and news of events spread (3) all over the world. For example, within
seconds, people can know the results of an (4) in another country. An (5) football match
comes into the homes of everyone with a television set. News of a disaster, such as a flood, can bring help
from (6) countries. Within hours, help is on the way. This is because modern (7)
information travels fast.
1. A. communicate B. communicating C. to communicate D. A&C
2. A. Although B. Because of C. Despite D. Because
3. A. quickly B. quick C. slowly D. slow
4. A. electing B. elective C. election D. elected
 5. A. rural B. international C. nation D. urban
6. A. close B. space C. distant D. rich
7. A. technology B. technological C. technique D. technical

XIV. Read the following passage and choose the item (a, B, C or D) that best answers each of the
questions about it.

The first computers were very large machines. Now computers come in all shapes and sizes. There were
still big computers for companies or universities. There are other special computers for factories. These
large computers tell the factory machines what to do. But there are also small personal computers to use at
home or in an office. There are even computers in telephones, television sets, and cars. These computers
have to be very small. They are so small you cannot even see all their parts.

1. The first computers were .

A. tiny B. huge C. in all shapes and sizes D. all are correct
2. There are computers .
A. for companies and universities B. to use at home
C. in telephones, television sets, and cars D. all are correct
3. What does the word "they" in line 7 refer to?
A. telephones B. television sets C. cars D. computers
4. What is the passage written about?
A. old computers B. modern computers C. computer’s shapes D.
computers's sizes
5. Which of the following is true?
A. The first computers were very large
B. Nowadays, there are only small computers
C. All modern computers are so small that you cannot see all their parts
D. Modern computers have the same size.

XV. Read the text below then choose the correct answer A, B, C or D for each question below.
Why do birds sing?

People usually sing because they like music or because they feel happy. They express their happiness by
singing. When a bird sings, however, its song usually means much more than that the bird is happy. Birds
have many reasons for singing. They sing to give information. Their songs are their language.
The most beautiful songs are sung by male (cock) birds. They sing when they want to attract a female
(hen) bird. It is their way of saying that they are looking for a wife. Birds also sing to tell other birds to keep
away. To a bird, his tree or even a branch of tree is his home. He does not want strangers coming near him,
so he sings to warn them. If a bird cannot sing well, he usually has some other means of giving important
information. Some birds dance, spread out their tails or make other signs. One bird has a most unusual way
of finding a wife. It builds a small garden of shells and flowers.

1. People usually sing because .

A. They want birds to sing after them. B. They feel happy.
C. They want to tell a story about their life. D. They like studying music. 2
2. One of the main reasons why birds singing is that .
A. They are happy. B. They want to show off their
voice.
C. They want to give information. D. They can sing beautiful songs.
3. sing the most beautiful songs.
A. Happy birds B. Cock birds C. Hen birds D. Female birds
 4. Male birds sing beautifully to .
A. express their happiness B. show they are hungry
C. say something is dangerous D. attract a female bird
5. A bird sometimes sing to give .
A. A warning to keep away B. A warning to come near him quickly
C. A warning about the approach of people D. A warning to stop singing
6. Most birds usually to give important information if
they cannot sing well.
A. dance B. spread out their tails C. make other signs D. All above is correct
7. One bird’s most unusual way of attracting a hen bird is that .
A. it dances then sings
B. it screeches and flies around
C. it spreads out its tail
D. it uses shells and flowers to build a small garden

XVI. Read the passage then answer the questions.

All of us communicate with one another nonverbally, as well as with words. Most of the time we’re not
aware that we're doing it. We gesture with eyebrows or a hand, meet someone else's eyes and look away,
change positions in a chair. These actions we assume are occasional. However in recent years researchers
have discovered that there is a system to them almost as consistent and understandable as language.
One important kind of body language is eye behavior. Americans are careful about how and when they
meet one another's eyes. In our normal conversation, each eye contact lasts only about a second before one
or both of us look away. When two Americans look searchingly into each other’s eyes, they become more
intimate. Therefore, we carefully avoid this, except in suitable situations.
Researchers who are engaged in the study of communication through body movement are not prepared
to spell out a precise vocabulary of gestures. When an American rubs his nose, it may mean he is
disagreeing with someone or refusing something. But there are other possible interpretations, too. Another
example: when a student in conversation with a professor holds the older man's eyes a little longer than is
usual, it can be a sign of respect; it can be something else entirely. The researchers look for patterns in the
situation, not for a separate meaningful gesture.
Communication between human beings would be with just dull if it were all done with words.

1. This article is about .

A. Study of communication through body movement have recently been conducted.
B. Communication through body movement is as important as communication through words.
C. All communication between human beings is only with words.
D. Eye behavior is the most king of body movement.
2. Researchers think that .
A. people can use and understand body language in communication.
B. body language is considered more important than spoken language in communication.
C. body language have recently been discovered.
D. body language has just been studied through body movement. interesting
3. The word "intimate" in paragraph 2 means:
A. wonderful B. close C. important D. interesting
4. According to the passage, an American person feel uncomfortable when you .
A. look into his/her eyes for a long time
B. avoid looking into his/her eyes
C. look into the ground
D. stare at his eyes for a second
5. When an American rubs his nose, it can mean .
A. he or she is disapproving with someone
 B. he or she is refusing something
C. he or she is expressing other possible meanings
D. All above is correct

XVII. Rewrite the sentences as long as keep the similar meaning to the original one.
1. People spent more time communicating with each other in the past.
It took .
2. He used to write letters to keep in touch with her when he lived far from her.
Letters used to .
3. How long has that phone been used by our teacher?
When ?
4. How about going on a picnic this weekend?
Why don't we ?
5. He suggested watching a comedy.
“Let’s ” he said.
6. His friend suggested he should go to bed after taking some medicine.
"Why don't ?” said his friend.
7. Let's eat out and go to the amusement park.
What about ?
8. Although the weather was bad, the football match was not cancelled.
Despite .

XVIII. Choose one of these topics below:

a. Write a mobile phone text message to invite him/her to your birthday weekend.
b. Write an email to introduce yourself and make friends with a foreigner.
c. Write a short online post about best food to eat when visiting Vietnam to introduce for foreigners.
Your writing:

UNIT 11: SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY

(KHOA HỌC VÀ CÔNG NGHỆ)
A. VOCABULARY
1. archaeology (n) /ˌɑːkiˈɒlədʒi/: khảo cổ học
2. become a reality (v) /bɪˈkʌm ə riˈæliti/: trở thành hiện thực
3. benefit (n, v) /ˈbenɪfɪt/: lợi ích, hưởng lợi
4. cure (v) /kjʊə/: chữa khỏi
5. discover (v) /dɪˈskʌvə/: phát hiện ra
6. enormous (adj) /ɪˈnɔːməs/: to lớn
7. explore (v) /ɪkˈsplɔː/: khám phá, nghiên cứu
8. field (n) /fiːld/: lĩnh vực
9. improve (v) /ɪmˈpruːv/: nâng cao, cải thiện
10. invent (v) /ɪnˈvent/: phát minh ra
11. light bulb (n) /laɪt bʌlb/: bóng đèn
12. oversleep (v) /ˌəʊvəˈsliːp/: ngủ quên
13. patent (n, v) /ˈpætnt/: bằng sáng chế, được cấp bằng sáng chế
14. precise (adj) /prɪˈsaɪs/: chính xác
15. quality (n) /ˈkwɒləti/: chất lượng
16. role (n) /rəʊl/: vai trò
17. science (n) /ˈsaɪəns/: khoa học
18. scientific (adj) /ˌsaɪənˈtɪfɪk/: thuộc khoa học
19. solve (v) /sɒlv/: giải quyết
20. steam engine (n) /stiːm ˈendʒɪn/: đầu máy hơi nước
21. support (n, v) /səˈpɔːt/: ủng hộ
22. technique (n) /tekˈniːk/: thủ thuật, kĩ thuật
23. technical (adj) /ˈteknɪkl/
24. technology (n) /tekˈnɒlədʒi/: kĩ thuật, công nghệ
25. technological (adj) /ˌteknəˈlɒdʒɪkəl/: thuộc công nghệ, kĩ thuật
26. transform (v) /trænsˈfɔːm/: thay đổi, biến đổi
27. underground (adj, adv) /ʌndəˈɡraʊnd/: dưới lòng đất, ngầm
28. yield (n) /jiːld/: sản lượng

B. GRAMMAR.
I. ÔN TẬP CÁC THÌ TƯƠNG LAI (FUTURE TESES)
Thì Cấu trúc Dấu hiệu nhận biết
Tương lai đơn (+) S + will + V(infinitve) + O tomorrow
(-) S + won’t+ V(infinitve) + next week/month/year
O in the future
(?) Will + S + V(infinitve) + O ? in + thời gian trong tương lai
Tương lai tiếp diễn (+) S + will + be + V-ing + O At this time tomorrow/next
(-) S + won’t + be + V-ing + O week
(+) Will + S +be + V-ing + O ? At 10 o’clock tomorrow
Thời gian xác định tại một thời
điểm trong tương lai

Bài 1: Viết lại cụm từ gạch chân trong mỗi câu dưới đây ở dạng thì tương lai đơn (will + V) hoặc thì
tương lai tiếp diễn (will be + V-ing) sao cho phù hợp.
1. Don’t call me at 10 o’clock. I am going to fly to Spain.
2. I suppose we are going to stay at a hotel next summer.
3. Come to see me in the afternoon. I work in the garden.
4. Do you think it is snowing at the weekend?
5. Is the coat O.K ?- Yes, I am taking it.
6. This time on Sunday we are going to ski in France.
7. I don’t know if I will stay here. Perhaps I move to a big city one day.
8. Every student is using a computer in the future.
Bài 2: Chia động từ trong ngoặc ở thì tương lai đơn hoặc thì tương lai tiếp diễn sao cho phù hợp.
1. I can buy it for you. I (shop) in the afternoon anyway.
2. Is Bill at school? – No, he isn’t. I suppose he (come)
3. I hope Simon (be) there.
4. Did you remember to invite Mrs. Oates? – Oh, no! I forgot. But I (call) her now.
5. I’ll have a holiday next week. I (not get up) at 6 o’clock as usual.
6. You are so late! Everybody (work) when you arrive at the office.
7. Be careful or the cars (knock) you down.
8. We (move) our house this time tomorrow.
9. He (play) tennis at 7.30. He usually starts at 7 o’clock. Could you come before
that?
10. Your suitcase is so big. I (take) it for you.
Bài 3: Dựa vào gợi ý, dùng thì tương lai đơn hoặc tương lai tiếp diễn để viết các câu hỏi dưới đây.
1. I am not sure if I can offer this room. ?
(our guest /like/it)
2. Can I borrow your laptop tonight? ?
(you/use/it/about 9 o’clock)
3. We arrive in Aberdeen at 1 o’clock. ?
(we/have/time/for lunch)
4. The show starts at 8. Please, ? (you/drive me/there)
5. Your journey will be so long. How while you are on the train?
(you/spend/your time).
6. I’ve just missed the train. How ? (I/ get/to school)
7. I’d like to see your project. If I come at 4.30, ? (you/work/on it)
8. If your teacher ask you, ? (you/translate/the text)
9. What while I am cleaning the windows? (you/do)
10. if the coach is booked? (you/take/a taxi)
II. CÂU GIÁN TIẾP (REPORTED SPEECH)
1. Định nghĩa.
Định nghĩa Ví dụ
- Câu trực tiếp (Direct Speech) là chính xác lời - They said, “We will visit her”. (Direct Speech)
của ai đó. Chúng ta thường dùng dấu “ ” để trích →They said (that) they would visit her.
dẫn lời nói trực tiếp. (Reported Speech/ Indirect Speech)
- Câu tường thuật (hay còn gọi là câu gián tiếp)
là câu thuật lại lời nói trực tiếp do một người
khác phát biểu.
2. Câu trần thuật gián tiếp (Reported Statement)
Khi muốn thay đổi một câu trần thuật trực tiếp sang 1 câu trần thuật gián tiếp, chúng ta dùng động từ
‘say/tell’ để giới thiệu. Đồng thời cần áp dụng các quy tắc sau:
a. Thay đổi thì của động từ.
* Nếu động từ giới thiệu ở thì hiện tại (say/tell) thì động từ trong câu gián tiếp giữ nguyên thì trong câu trực
tiếp.
Ví dụ: “ I always drink coffee in the morning”, she says
→ She says that she always drinks coffee in the morning.
* Nếu động từ giới thiệu ở thì quá khứ (said/told) thì động từ trong câu gián tiếp cần thay đổi như sau:
Thì trong lời nói trực tiếp Thì trong lời nói gián tiếp
Hiện tại đơn → Quá khứ đơn.
“I like sciences” He said (that) he liked sciences
Hiện tại tiếp diễn →Quá khứ tiếp diễn
“I am staying for a few days” She said (that) she was staying for a few days.
Hiện tại hoàn thành → Quá khứ hoàn thành
“Nick has left” She said (that) Nick had left
Quá khứ đơn → Quá khứ hoàn thành
“Nick left this morning” She told me (that) Nick had left that morning
Quá khứ tiếp diễn → Quá khứ tiếp diễn/ Quá khứ hoàn thành
tiếp diễn
“I was doing my homework” She said (that) she was doing her homework
/She had been doing her homework
Will →Would
“Man will travel to Mars” He said (that) man would travel to Mars.
Can → Could
“We can swim” They told us (that) they could swim.
May →Might
“We may live on the moon” He said (that) they might live on the moon.
b. Đổi ngôi của đại từ nhân xưng, tính từ và đại từ sở hữu.
Trong lời nói trực tiếp Trong lời nói gián tiếp
I → he/she
We → they
You → I/he/she
My → his/her
Our → their
Your → my/his/her
Mine → his/hers
Ours → theirs
c. Thay đổi các trạng từ chỉ thời gian nơi chốn.
Trạng từ trong câu trực tiếp Trạng từ trong câu gián tiếp
Now →then
Today →that day
Here →there
this week →that week
tomorrow →the following day/the next day
yesterday →the day before/the previous day
last month →the month before/the previous month
Tonight →that night
Ago →before
next week →the following week/the week after
These →those
Ví dụ:
He said to me, “I and you will go with her father next week”
He told me (that) he and I would go with her father the following week.
BÀI TẬP VẬN DỤNG CƠ BẢN
Bài 4: Chọn từ thích hợp trong hộp dưới đây rồi điền vào chỗ trống.
There the following day two hours before my the previous week
then the day before that evening that night that Her
1. “I like this pair of shoes”. →She said (that) she liked pair of shoes.
2. “Our plane lands tonight”→ They said their plane landed
3. “I saw Jane yesterday”→ He told me that she had seen Jane
4. “I have met your father”→ Dan told me that he had met father
5. “I am going to the cinema this evening”→ Sara told me that she was going to the cinema
6. “Paul took his driving licence last week”→ Paul told me he had taken his driving licence
7. “This girl is my sister”→ She said to me that that girl was sister.
8. “I like the way they cook here”→ Tina said that she liked the way they cooked
9. “She won’t arrive tomorrow”→ Sandra said that she wouldn’t arrive
10. “Henry phoned Lara two hours ago”→ Henry told me that Lara had phoned
11. “I am watching TV now”→ Mum said that she was watching TV
Bài 5: Điền vào chỗ trống từ phù hợp “said” hoặc “told”
1. He me a nice story.
2. Sarah to her mum that she was sick.
3. We that we were going to leave that night.
4. Paul his books were missing.
5. She that she would take the dog out that night.
6. Brian that he had moved to Canada the week before.
7. Dan Lara to stop spending so much money.
8. Our teacher us that Christopher Columbus had discovered had discovered America.
9. He they would arrive the following day.
10. They her to come early.
11. Fiona to Kate that she had bought a nice skirt the day before.
12. I was sure that he the truth.
Bài 6: Đọc ví dụ và viết các câu gián tiếp ở thì hiện tại cho các câu dưới đây.
Ví dụ: “I am waiting for you”→ Mary says to Peter she is waiting for him.
‘I am asking your help’.
1. Mary says to Peter
2. Paul says to Jenny
3. I say to you
4. You say to me
5. Jane says to the boys
‘We bought you some books yesterday’
6. They say to us
7. Sarah says to the children
8. Mary says to Peter
9. You say to me
10. I say to you
Bài 7: Các câu trực tiếp dưới đây đã được chuyển thành câu gián tiếp. Hãy đọc, gạch chân và sửa lỗi
sai có trong mỗi câu.
1. “I am not going to tolerate this anymore ”, said
Sarah. Sarah said she was not going to tolerate this
anymore.
2. “You have always been my friend”, said
Joe. Joe said I was always his friend.
3. “We never eat meat”, claimed Bill
Bill claimed that they had never eaten meat
4. “I will talk to Sam soon,” she told me on
Sunday. She told me on Sunday she will talk to
Sam sonn.
5. “Mary used to exercise everyday,” he said.
He said Mary had used to exercise every day.
6. “I wish I was twenty years younger,”said Linda.
Linda said she wished she had been twenty years younger.
7. “Answer the phone!”he told
me. He told me I answered the
phone
8. “Where is Alex?” she asked
me. She asked me where was
Alex.
Bài 8: Hoàn thành các câu gián tiếp dưới đây.
1. Mr. Miller said, ‘I can’t come to the meeting on Sunday’
Mr. Miller said (that)
2. Mary said, ‘I’m feeling ill’
Mary said (that)
3. Your brother said, ‘I like chocolate’
Your brother said (that)
4. My brother said, ‘I’m going to learn to cook’
My brother said (that)
5. He said, ‘I’ll learn English online tomorrow’
He said (that)
6. My cousin said, ‘I’m not enjoying my job very much recently’
My cousin said (that)
7. My parents said, ‘We’ll phone you when we get back’
My parents said (that)
8. Susan said, ‘You don’t know what Bob is doing’
Susan said (that)
9. She said, ‘I’ll tell dad I saw you’
She said (that)
10. He said, ‘I have got a toothache’
He said (that)
11. He said, ‘I have passed the physical test’
He said (that)
12. Safia said, ‘I went to Italy last year’
Safia said (that)
13. Kevin said, ‘I had a great weekend’
Kevin said (that)
14. Mehrzad said, “I’m going to start my own photography business next month.”
Mehrzad said (that)
15. Alex said, “I finished university in June”
Alex said (that)
16. Safia said, “I have studied photography”
Safia said (that)
17. Maria said, “I will bring you a scarf from India”
Maria said (that)

BÀI TẬP TỔNG HỢP NÂNG CAO

Bài 9: Chia động từ trong ngoặc ở thì tương lai đơn hoặc thì tương lai tiếp diễn để hoàn thành các câu
sau.
1. I’m that next year this city (look) much better.
2. They (have to) change their diet if they want to keep fit.
3. I (not do) that if he doesn’t apologize to me.
4. I can’t go out with you, but I (make) it up to you.
5. At 10 p.m I (go) to bed to get some rest.
6. I (not do) anything till Monday.
7. You can visit me tomorrow. I (not do) anything important.
8. Can I borrow your car? Sure, I (not use) it until Friday.
9. At 11 p.m I (sleep) .
10. You should recognize her easily. She (wear) a red skirt.
11. I wish I could visit you, but I (manage) a very important project.
12. She (not come) with us, I’m sure.
13. I (help) you as soon as I finish this project.
14. He (not be able) to carry such a heavy bag.
15. I think he (find) this work more interesting when he grows up.
16. This time next month I (enjoy) the holidays.
17. Hold on, I (give) you a gift.
18. He (give) me 20$ a day during my stay.
19. I suppose the weather (be) good.
20. We (leave) this house as soon as possible.
Bài 10: Khoanh tròn vào phương án đúng.
1. Customer in restaurant: Waiter, this place is dirty.
Waiter: I’m sorry, sir, I (bring) you another.
A. will bring B. will be bringing C. A &B
2. It’s beginning to get dark; the street lights (go) on in a few minutes.
A. will go B. will be going C. A & B
3. Let’s wait here; the swing bridge (open) in a minute to let that ship through.
A. will open B. will be opening C. A & B
4. Guest: May I use your phone to ring for a taxi?
Hostess: Oh, there’s no need for that; my son (drive) you home.
A.will drive B. will be driving C. A & B
5. A: Before you leave the office you (hand) the keys of the safe to Mr Pitt. Do you understand?
B: Yes, sir.
A. will hand B. will be handing C. A & B
6. Are you nearly ready? Our guests (arrive) any minute.
A. will arrive B. will be arriving C. A & B
7. Loudspeaker announcement: The ship (leave) in a few minutes and all persons not travelling
are asked to go ashore.
A. will leave B. will be leaving C. A & B
8. You ought to try to get a ticket for the Spectators’ Gallery next week; they (debate) international
fishing rights.
A. will debate B. will be debating C. A & B
9. A: You’ve left the light o.
B: Oh, so I have. I (go) and turn it off.
A. will go B. will be going C. A & B
10. I’ve been appointed assistant at the local library. The you (work) under my sister. She is
head librarian there.
A. will work B. will be working C. A& B

C.EXERCISES
TEST 1 UNIT 11

I. Choose the word which has the underlined part pronounced differently from the others.
1. A. ranked B. gained C. prepared D. proved
2. A. host B. honor C. hockey D. horror
3. A. badminton B. swallow C. challenge D. ballet
4. A. teammate B. reading C. creating D. seaside
5. A. athlete B. author C. length D. southern
6. A. touch B. foul C. account D. mount
7. A. lose B. vote C. control D. social
8. A. rear B. bear C. gear D. year
9. A. please B. peace C. seat D. spread
10. A. overlooks B. beliefs C. towards D. rights
II. Choose the words that have the different stress from the others.
1. A. chemist B. browser C. technique D. programme
2. A. aspect B. advance C. spaceship D. progress (n)
3. A. reality B. unable C. enormous D. benefit
4. A. explorer B. physicist C. scientist D. telephone
5. A. experiment B. biologist C. ordinary D. development
III. Which word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from the others?
1. A. wharf B. place C. volcano D. plane
2. A. fisherman B. ticket C. prisoner D. over
3. A. hotel B. postcard C. shore D. cold
4. A. included B. called C. phoned D. arrived
5. A. much B. teacher C. beach D. brochure
IV. Choose the best answer A, B, C or D to complete the sentences.
1. An astronaut has to wear a spacesuit it may be very cold in space.
A. so B. but C. because D. because of
2. The UFO landed on a area.
A. grass B. grassy C. grassed D. grassing
3. Scientists have been trying to find of aliens.
A. amounts B. records C. traces D. sights
4. There have been many UFO reported.
A. sights B. signs C. signals D. sightings
5. Mars is called the Red Planet due to its surface.
A. red B. redder C. reddest D. reddish
th
6. In the mid-19 century, scientists discovered that Mars had some similarities Earth.
A. to B. with C. of D. from
7. Neptune is bright blue it is named after the Roman God of the sea.
A. because B. but C. so D. or
8. There is a lot of interest in doing experiments in the conditions.
A. weigh B. weighing C. weight D. weightless
9. Titan, one of Saturn’s , has a thick atmosphere.
A. satellite B. spaceships C. moons D. comets
10. Scientists believe that Mars also seasons just as the Earth does.
A. spends B. experiences C. experiments D. takes
V. Put the verbs in brackets into the correct future tense.
1. We (implant) chips in the brain to control devices by the year 2050.
2. With commercial space travel, we (take) minerals from the moon at this time in
2030.
3. Universal translation (become) common in mobile devices.
4. We (create) a synthetic brain that functions like the real one in the year 2050.
5. Japan (build) a robotic moon base by 2020, built by robots, and for robots.
6. China (connect) Beijing to London with a high-speed railway soon.
7. Car-makers (design) self-driving cars to offer extreme safety and ease of transport.
8. The US military officials say that navy ships (run) on 50 percent of biofuels by 2020.
9. Your movies (help) you choose the best course for your aims and goals.
10. What (I/ do) after the course?
VI. Use the correct form of the words given to complete the sentences.
1. Robots save workers from performing tasks. (danger)
2. One disadvantage of robots is its high cost of the . (produce)
3. Robots are being used in both manufacturing and the field. (industry -
medicine)
4. There is no reason why Japan will not be able to make progress in robotics.
(technology)
5. The key to YouTube’s success is the for anyone from anywhere in the world to
broadcast themselves for free. (able)
6. Due to the in the science and technology, impossible things have become
possible.
7. Robots increase worker by preventing accidents since humans are not
performing jobs. (safe - risk)
8. As a (science), Professor Tran Dai Nghia set an example as a true
(research) who devoted himself to the (science) career.
9. Hellen isn’t a great of biotechnology. (admire)
10. Paul’s uncle has worked as a for twelve years. (conservation)
VII. Read, then choose the best answer (A, B, c or D) to complete the gap.
The next generation of telephone users will probably laugh (1) we explain how we used
to stand next to a wall in the kitchen to (2) a phone call. Mobile communications, already
highly advanced compared with a decade ago, will completely change communications in the next few
years.
(3) there are millions of people using mobile phones, most people know (4)
about the mobile telecommunications industry and its technology. There are three types of mobile
 phone. These are hand portables, pocket-sized hand portables and transportables. The smallest and most
popular are the pocket-sized hand portables. These work on rechargeable batteries, which allow an (5)
of up to 80 minutes’ conversation. Mobiles that are fitted permanently in a vehicle do not (6)
on separate batteries. They require an external aerial on the vehicle. This can mean a stronger signal
with clearer (7) . Transportables have a high power capability and can be used (8)
anywhere. They come with powerful battery packs for longer, continuous use and may also be put (9)
a vehicle, using its electrics. They ( 10) to be bulkier than hand portables.

1. A. unless B. when C. while D. whether

2. A. make B. give C. take D. do
3. A. In addition B. Because C. As a result D. Although
4. A. little B. some C. few D. lots
5. A. amount B. account C. activity D. average
6. A. rely B. create C. carry D. insist
7. A. wave B. letter C. speech D. speed
8. A. mostly B. hardly C. most D. almost
9. A. on with B. into C. up with D. in to
10. A. used B. have C. tend D. are
VIII. Read the text below and choose the best answer for each question after the
text. SOME ANIMALS CAN PREDICT FUTURE
EARTHQUAKES
A recent investigation by scientists at the U.S. Geological Survey shows that strange animal behavior
might help predict future earthquakes. Investigators found such occurrences in a ten-kilometer radius of the
epicenter of a fairly recent quake. Some birds screeched and flew about wildly: dogs yelped and ran around
uncontrollably.
Scientists believe that animals can perceive these environmental changes as early as several days before
the mishap.
In 1976, after observing animal behavior, the Chinese were able to predict a devastating quake. Although
hundreds of thousands of people were killed, the government was able to evacuate millions of other people
and thus keep the death toll at a lower level.
1. What prediction may be made by observing animal behavior?
A. An impending earthquake
B. The number of people who will die
C. The ten-kilometer radius of the epicenter
D. Environmental changes
2. Why can animals perceive these changes when humans cannot?
A. Animals are smarter than humans.
B. Animals have certain instincts that humans don’t possess.
C. By running around the house, they can feel the vibrations.
D. Humans don’t know where to look.
3. Which of the following is NOT true?
A. Some animals may be able to sense an approaching earthquake
B. By observing animal behavior scientists perhaps can predict earthquakes.
C. The Chinese have successfully predicted an earthquake and saved many lives
D. All birds and dogs in a ten-kilometer radius of the epicenter went wild before the earthquake.
4. In this passage the word “evacuate” most nearly means
A. remove B. destroy C. exile D. emaciate
5. If scientists can accurately predict earthquakes, there will be
A. fewer animals going crazy B. a lower death rate
C. fewer people evacuated D. fewer environmental changes

IX. Choose the word or phrase among A, B, C or D that best fits the blank space in the following
passage.
 Computers are helpful (1) many ways. First, they are fast. They can work with
information even (2) quickly than a person. Second, computers can work with a lot of
information at the same time. Third, they can (3) information for a long time. They do not forget
things that the common people do. (4) , computers are almost always correct. They are not
perfect, but they usually do not (5) mistakes.
Recently, it is important (6) about computers. There are a number of things to learn.
Some companies have (7) at work. In addition, most diversities (8) day
and night courses in Computer Science. Another way to learn is from a book, or from a friend. After a few
hours of practice, you can (9) with computers. You may not be an expert, but you can
have (10) .
1. A. at B. on C. in D. over
2. A. more B. rather C. much D. less
3. A. hold B. keep C. stay D. carry
4. A. Moreover B. However C. Therefore D. Nevertheless
5. A. do B. make C. have D. take
6. A. know B. knowing C. to know D. knew
7. A. discussions B. meetings C. schools D. classes
8. A. send B. spend C. bring D. offer
9. A. work B. make C. use D. take
10. A. for fun B. funny C. enjoy D. fun
X. Read the passage and use the words in the box to fill in the space.
which, smaller, ago, which, make, where, much, many, what, sold

The first worlds computer was built at University of Pennsylvania in 1946, although computer-like
machines were built in the 19th century. Computers were.............................(1) commercially for the first time
in the 1950s, and a lot of progress has been made then. Computers are now much ........................... (2) and
more powerful.
Computers are used in.............................(3) fields – in business, science, medicine, and education. They
can be used to forecast the weather or to control robots ........................... (4) make cars. The computer’s
memory is the place............................(5) information is kept and calculations are done. A computer cannot
think for itself. It must be told exactly ....................... (6) to do. A lot of difficult calculations can be done
very quickly on a computer. Computers don’t ........................... (7) mistakes. Stories are heard sometimes
about computers paying people too........................... (8) money or sending them bills for things they didn’t
buy. These mistakes are made by programmers. Some years ........................... (9), an American computer-
controlled rocket went out of control and had to be destroyed. The accident was caused by a small mistake in
one line of the program, ........................... (10) cost the USA 18 million dollars. Criminals have found that
computer crimes are a lot easier than robbing banks. Hundreds of millions of dollars are stolen from business
every year by people changing the information in computers.
XI. Put into the reported speech.
1. Tom said: “I want to buy a pocket calculator for my father.”
.................................................................................................................
2. She said; “I once spent a summer in this village.”
.................................................................................................................
3. The nurse said: “The patient in this room didn’t obey your orders, doctor.”
.................................................................................................................
4. They said to me : “You taught us English last year.”
.................................................................................................................
5. Mr. Brown said : “Our trip cost us two thousand dollars.”
.................................................................................................................
6. He said to her : “ I can’t find my hat anywhere in this room.”
.................................................................................................................
7. My father said to them : “My secretary is going to finish this job.”
 .................................................................................................................
8. They said : “We can’t meet you here either today or tomorrow.”
.................................................................................................................
9. My mother said : “I think it won’t rain tomorrow.”
.................................................................................................................
10. He said: “Your car has been stolen, John.”
.................................................................................................................
11. They said : “The river is rising early this year.”
.................................................................................................................
12. He said : “I’ll expect her to come soon.”
.................................................................................................................
13. Our teacher said : “World War II broke out in 1939.”
...
14. The students said : “We’ll be sitting for our next exam next Monday.”
.................................................................................................................
15. He said : “I’m going to finish this work.”
.................................................................................................................
TEST 2 UNIT 11
I. Choose the word which has a different stress pattern from the others.
1. A.unaffected B.undrinkable C. uncountable D.unsuitable
2. A.unpopular B.unorganized C. unfortunate D.unambitious
3. A.imperfect B.immature C.immobile D.immoral
4. A.translator B.director C.editor D.spectator
5. A.consumer B. performer C.shopkeeper D.believer
II. Choose the best answer A, B, C or D to complete the sentences.
11. Facebook was built on the of earlier social network sites like MySpace successful and
Bebo.
A.succeed B.successful C.successfully D.success
12. It is thought that driverless cars will transform the way we move cities in the future.
A.around B.away C.along D.ahead
13. Little Pascal a mechanical calculator which could do additions or subtractions very quick.
A.discovered B.found C.found out D.invented
14. Robots save workers from dangerous tasks.
A.making B.having C.performing D.carrying
15. Many people believe that robots have made workers jobless, that is not necessarily true.
A.but B.and C.so D.or
16. Recent developments have made robots more user-friendly, and intelligent.
A.science B.scientist C.scientific D.scientifically
17. Teenagers spend most of their time playing computer games; ,they lose their interests in
daily.
A.moreover B.so C.however D.as a result
18. Science and technology have the life safe, secure and comfortable.
A.transformed B.made C.done D.changed
19. Terrorists are using modern technology their destructive work.
A.about B.at C.for D.with
20. With the advance of the science and technology, our life changes greatly in various .
A.scenes B.fields C.sights D.regions
III. Put the verbs in brackets into the correct future tense.
1. Japan (build) a robotic moon base by 2020, built by robots, and for robots.
2. China (connect) Beijing to London with a high-speed railway soon.
3. Car-makers (design) self-driving cars to offer extreme safety and ease of
transport.
4. The US military officials say that navy ships (run) on 50 percent of biofuels by
2020.
5. We (implant) chips in the brain to control devices by the year 2050.
6. With commercial space travel, we (take) minerals from the moon at this
time in 2030.
7. Universal translation (become) common in mobile devices.
8. We (create) a synthetic brain that functions like the real one in the year 2050.
IV. Use the correct form of the words given to complete the sentences.
1. Due to the in the science and technology, impossible things have become
possible. (develop)
2. Robots increase worker by preventing accidents since humans are not
performing jobs. (safe - risk)
3. As a (science), Professor Tran Dai Nghia set an example as a true
(research) who devoted himself to the (science) career.
4. Robots save workers from performing tasks. (danger)
5. One disadvantage of robots is its high cost for the . (produce)
6. Robots are being used in both manufacturing and the
field. (industry -medicine)
7. There is no reason why Japan will not be able to make progress in robotics.
(technology)
8. The key to YouTube's success is the for anyone from anywhere in the world
to broadcast themselves for free. (able)
V. Use the correct form of the words given to complete the sentences.
1. Some types of computer games can be .(educate)
2. Smartphones can vary from day to day due to new by different companies in
the world. (invent)
3. The of a nuclear power plant costs a lot of money. (construct)
4. Space brings about many benefits to science. (explore)
5. Life is become easy and through science and technology. (comfort)
6. Nuclear waste is for both humans and the environment (harm
VI. Read the article about Tim Berners-Lee, the inventor of the World Wide Web, give the answers
to the questions in the conversation, and practise it in pairs. ordinary life … an amazing idea
Tim Berners-Lee looks very ordinary. He is about sixty years old and has brown hair. He was born in
England but now lives in Massachusetts in the USA. But in 1989 Tim had a very important idea. He
invented the World Wide Web (www).
Tim went to school in London. Both his parents worked with computers so it isn'tsuprising that he loved
computers from an early age. When he was eighteen, he left school and went to Oxford University where
he studied physics. At Oxford, he became more and more interested in computers, and he made his first
computer from an old television. He graduated in 1976 and got a job with a computer company in Dorset,
England. In 1989, he went to work in Switzerland where he first had the idea of an international
information network linked by computer. He decided to call it the World Wide Web, and he also decided
to make his ideas free to everyone – that is why we do not pay to use the Internet.
In 1994, he went to live in the United States where he now works. In 1995, he wrote an article in the
New York Times in which he said, "The web is a universe of information and it is for everyone.” Today
his idea of a web, where people from all over the world can exchange information, is real.
A: Where was Tim Berners-Lee born?
B: (1)
A: Where does he live now?
B: (2)
A: What does he look like?
B: (3)
A: Did he go to school in England?
 B: (4)
A: Why did he love computers from an early age?
B: (5)
A: Which university did he go to? What did he study there?
B: (6)
A: What did he become more interested in while he was at Oxford?
B: (7)
A: When and where did he have the amazing idea of the World Wide Web?
B: (8)
A: Why don't we have to pay to use the Internet?
B: (9)
A: What is his idea about the web?
B: (10)
VII. Choose the word or phrase among A, B, C or Dthat best fits the blank space in the following
passage.
Computers are helpful (1) many ways. First, they are fast. They can work with
information even (2) quickly than a person. Second, computers can work with a lot of information at
the same time. Third, they can (3) information for a long time. They do not forget things that the
common people do. (4) , computers are almost always correct. They are not perfect, but they
usually do not (5) mistakes.
Recently, it is important (6) about computers. There are a number of things to learn. Some
companies have (7) at work. In addition, most universities (8) day and night courses in
Computer Science. Another way to learn is from a book,or from a friend. After a few hours of practice,
you can (9) withcomputers. You may not be an expert, but you can have (10) .
1. A.in B.on C.at D.over
2. A.much B.rather C.more D.less
3. A.hold B.carry C.stay D.keep
4. A.However B.Moreover C.Therefore D.Nevertheless
5. A.do B.make C.have D.take
6. A.know B.knowing C.to know D.knew
7. A.classes B.meetings C.schools D.discussion
8. A. send B. offer C.bring D.spend
9. A. use B. make C.work D.take
10. A.fun B.funny C.enjoy D.for fun
VIII. Read the passage carefully, and then answer the questions below.
Becky Schroeder, Glo-sheet
Becky was only 10 years old when she was attempting to do homework in her mom’s car. As it got
darker outside, she had the idea that there should be a way to make her paper easier to see in the dark.
Becky took matters into her own hands and paper playing around with phosphorescent materials, which
emitted light but without heat. She then used phosphorescent paint to cover an acrylic board and the
Glow-sheet was created.
In 1974, at the age of 12, Becky became the youngest women to be granted a U.S. patent for her Glo-
Sheet invention.
1. What happened while she was doing homework in her mom's car?

2. Why did Becky have the idea of the Glo-Sheet?

3. What did she do to make the first Glo-Sheet?

4. What is one advantage of her invention?

5. How old was Becky when she became the youngest women to be granted a U.S. patent?
IX. Read the article and then decide whether the statements are true (T) or false (F).
Global Positioning Systems
If you've ever said, "I wish I knew where I was going" or "If only there were some ways to find this
address,” then it may be time to consider buying yourself a Global Positioning Systems, or GPs.
Let’s look at some of the uses of GPs device. Maybe you travel a lot by car and cannot look at a paper
map to find your way around. There is a GPS for cars that speaks to you and tell you exactly how to get to
your destination. Maybe you're a golfer who has lost his golf ball and you need to find it on the field.
There's a GPS for this. You're a runner and want totrack your speed, distance, and the courses you run.
Well, there's a GPS for this, too.
What kinds of GPS devices are there? Well, GPS devices come in all kinds of shapes and sizes, and are
available in a variety of prices. Some are small and can fit into a pocket, and others are waterproof. And
for people who don't like to carry anything extra with them, GPS systems are also available on smart
phone.
T F
1. GPS is used to find out where you are going.  
2. GPS cannot replace a paper map.  
3. GPS can tell you how to get to a place while you are driving.  
4. A GPS device can look for a small moving item.  
5. A GPS device can track your speed, distance but not the directions you run.  
6. GPS devices can be in all kinds of shapes and sizes.  
7. You cannot use a GPS device in water.  
8. There are also GPS devices for smart phones.  
X. Read the passage carefully, and then answer the questions below.
Tran Dai Nghia (1913-1997) -The Buddha of Guns
Professor, Academician Tran DaiNghia is a heroic scientist of Vietnamese intellectuals. In 1935, the
young man Pham Quang Le, his real name, had a scholarship to study in France. He tried to take 6
college degrees and certificates of the most famous universities of France. Unlike the others, Pham Quang
Le had a clear purpose when studying abroad. He studied the science of making weapons to serve the
country's independence.
The meeting between him and President Ho Chi Minh in Paris in 1946 changed the life of Pham Quang
Le. In 1946, under the requirements of the French war, he was assigned as Head of Military Department
by Uncle Ho with the responsibility of researching, manufacturing weapons soldiers to fight the enemy.
Uncle Ho said, "This is the good thing. So from now on your name is Tran Dai Nghia…”
In difficult conditions, Professor Tran Dai Nghia and his comrades made successfully bazookas,
recoilless canons (SKZ), and flying bombs. In praise of the success of bazookas, when General Vo
Nguyen Giap saw Mr. Tran Dai Nghia as a gentle and quiet engineer, General called him "The Buddha of
guns”.
In short, Professor Tran Dai Nghia contributed his entire life for the country, for the people.
1. What was the purpose of his study when studying abroad?

2. What did Pham Quang Le try to study when was in France?

3. Why did Uncle Ho change his name?

4. Why did General Vo Nguyen Giap call him "The Buddha of guns”?

5. What was one of his great achievements?

XI. Change the sentences into reported speech.

1. The scientist: "Cloning will become more popular in the next century.”
The scientist said that .
2. Dr. Nelson: "Every home will have at least one robot to perform any boring task.”
Dr. Nelson said that .
3. Our teacher: "Parents do not allow children to play computer games for a long period of time.”
Our teacher told us that .
4. The doctor: "Nutrition pills can cause serious side effects.”
The doctor told his patient that .
5. The physicist: "Nuclear power plants don't require a lot of space.”
The physicist said that .
6. The politician: "Wrong decisions in Chernobyl caused a big nuclear explosion.”
The politician told the audience that
XII. Change the following sentences into reported speech, using the words given in brackets.
1. "We are learning more about our universe." (Our teacher said)

2. "Scientists have made various applicationsin long distance communication.” (Dr. Nelson said)

3. "Science is a good and useful servant but it is a bad destructive master." (Our Chemistry teacher told
us)

4. "Space tourism will broaden our knowledge of space.” (Our headmaster said)

5. “During the time in Paris in 1946, Uncle Ho attracted several Vietnamese scientists to return to the
country.” (Our History teacher told us)

6. “Professor Le Van Thiem believed in the importance of education and science, so he founded a
teacher training college and a college of fundamental science.” (Our Math teacher said)

XIII. Write a paragraph about the topic: “Advantages and disadvantages of smartphones”, using the
cues given.
There are several advantages of smartphones.
1. Smartphone/ give/ users/ ability/ surfwebsites/ instead of/ use a desktop or a laptop.

2. They/also have applications/ help us/ create/ edit Microsoft office documents.

3. Smartphones/ have GPS/ helps/ us/ find/ the place/ we/ look for.
Giaoandethitienganh.info

4. With a smartphone/ we/ have access/ any email accounts/ Outlook or Gmail/ social networks/
Facebook and Twitter.

However, smartphones have some disadvantages.

5. Smartphones/ not durable/ especially/ when/they/ not taken/ good care of.

6. It/ very expensive/ buy smartphones/ compared/ other phones.

7. Smartphones/ only work efficiently/ when/ there/ Internet connection.

8. You/ not depend/ smartphones/ for all your work/ but/ you/ a computer/ do some tasks.
 TEST 3 UNIT 11

I. Find the word which has a different sound in the underlined part.
1. A. tool B. moon C. soon D. cool
2. A. crossed B. followed C. fluttered D. happened
3. A. tear B. bear C. hear D. fear
4. A.think B.through C.thing D.thumb
5. A. sew B. few C. drew D. news

II. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the word whose main stress is places differently from the
rest.
1. A.unpolluted B.unbalanced C.unreasonable D.unlawful
2. A.imbalance B.immortal C.impolite D.important
3. A.imbecile B.impossible C.uncommon D.unhappy
4. A. adorable B.ability C.impossible D.entertainment
5. A.engineer B.corporate C.difficult D.different

III. Choose the correct answer A, B, C or D in each line.

1. That's what they always say, but they about it by next year.
A. will surely have forgotten B. are forgetting
C. will surely forget D. forget
2. Some customers have agreed that they up their cars tomorrow.
A. are picking B. will pick C. pick D. picks
3. Look! They our trees.
A. cut B. cuts C. are cutting D. will cut
4. It’s a lot of work for one day, but his customers promise that next year they their tyres changed
earlier.
A. has B. are having C. have D. will have
5. He tired after that.
A. is probably B. will probably be C. is probably being D. are probably
6. By the end of the day, Aaron about 8 tyres.
A. has mounted B. will have mounted C. will mount D. is mounting
7. Next week is the beginning of winter and the weather forecast says that there snow tomorrow.
A. are B. is C. will being D. will be
8. Aaron is carrying two tyres - he the tyres on a car.
A. is going to change B. change C. will change D. are going to
change

IV. Choose the correct tense of verb in each line.

1. The train at 11:45.
A. will leave B. will have left C. leaves
2. We dinner at a nice restaurant on Saturday.
A. are going to have B. will have had C. will have been having
3. It in the mountains tomorrow evening.
A. will snow B. will have snowed C. is snowing
4. On Sunday at 8 o'clock I my friend.
A. will meet B. am meeting C. will have been meeting
5. They to London on Friday evening.
A. are flying B. will fly C. will have been flied
6. Wait! I you to the station.
A. will be driving B. have drove C. will drive
7. The English lesson at 8:45.
 A. will start B. starts C. would have seen
8. I my sister in April.
A. am going to see B. will see C. is starting
9. Look at the clouds - it in a few minutes.
A. will rain B. is going to rain C. is raining
10. Listen! There's someone at the door. I the door for you.
A. will be opening B. will open C. am opening

V. Choose the correct answer A, B or C in each line.

1. Mary wants to speak with you. - Please tell her that I her as soon as I'm free.
A. will call B. will have called C. will have been calling
2. Let's meet at eleven o'clock tomorrow. - Sorry, I at eleven o'clock.
A. will be working B. will have worked C. will have been working
3. Say goodbye to Ann now. By the time you return, she for New York.
A. will be leaving B. will have left C. will have been leaving
4. By 2020, he as the director of this company for thirty years.
A. will work B. will be working C. will have been working
5. Why don't you ask Jim for help? I'm sure that he you.
A. will help B B. will have helped C. will have been helping
6. Please don't ring the doorbell when you get here. My baby .
A. will be sleeping B. will have slept C. will have been sleeping
7. Where are you going to spend your vacation? - I don't know yet. Maybe we to Italy next
summer.
A. will go B. will have gone C. will have been going
8. She promised that she him about it.
A. won't tell B. wouldn't tell C. wouldn't have told
9. Oh, you'll recognize him. He a brown leather jacket and a red scarf.
A. will be wearing B. will have worn C. will have been wearing
10. She buys too many things. She all her money long before her next pay.
A. will be spending B. will have spent C. will have been spending

VI. Each the sentences below has at least one mistake. Identify the mistakes.
1. "Be quiet!"
- I told her tobeingquiet.
A. told B. to C. being D. quite told
2. “Do you borrow my novel?”
- Katarina askedme if you borrowed her quiet
A. asked B. me C. you D. her asked
3. “Why do you choose this dress?"
- Hewondered why youchose the dress.
A. he B. wondered C. you D. chose
4. "Can I borrow your computer?"
- Nick asked Jack toborrowinghis computer.
A. asked B. to C. borrowing D. his
5. "Close the door!”
- My teacher tellsmetoclose the door.
A. tells B. me C. to D. close
6. "Do not tell her what I said."
- Ann begged me not to tell her what he had said
A. begged B. not C. her D. he
7. "Can you help me, please?"
- John wantedmeto help her.
 A. wanted B. me C. to D. her.
8. "Do you play chess?"
- He asked me ifheplayed chess.
A. asked B. if C. he D. played
9. "What's she doing?"
- I wonderedwhatwasshe doing
A. I B. wondered C. what D. was she
10. "Ill drive you to the airport.”
- She offered that hewould drive us to the airport.
A. he B. would C. us D. to

VII. Choose the correct answer A, B, C or D in each line.

1. “Where do you live?
A. Miho asked me where do I live. B. Miho asked me where I lived.
C. Miho asked me where did I live. D. Miho asked me where I did live.
2. "What is the time?"
A. Can you tell me what is the time? B. Can you tell me what was the time
C. Can you tell me what the time is? D. Can you tell me what the time was?
3. "Why did he say that?”
A. I would like to know why he said that.
B. I would like to know why did he say that.
C. I would like to know why he did say that.
D. I would like to know why did he said that.
4. "Do we have a test tomorrow?"
A. I've forgotten do we have a test tomorrow?
B. I've forgotten if we have a test tomorrow.
C. I've forgotten have we a test tomorrow?
D. I've forgotten we have a test tomorrow?
5. "Don't talk!"
A. The teacher told us not to talk. B. The teacher told us to not talk.
C. The teacher said not talk. D. The teacher told us to not talking.
6. "Have you finished with the computer?"
A. She asked if had I finished with the computer.
B. She asked if I had finished with the computer.
C. She asked if have I finished with the computer.
D. She asked if I finished with the computer.
7. "I'll give you your money back tomorrow.”
A. She promised me to give the money back the next day.
B. She promised to give me back the money the next day.
C. She promised to give me back your money the next day.
D. She promised to give you back your money the next day.
8. "Can I use your phone?"
A. I asked her I could use her phone. B. I asked her could I use her phone
C. I asked her if can I use her phone. D. I asked her if can use her phone.
9. “When are you going back to Japan?
A. He asked when I was going back to Japan. B. He asked when was I going back to Japan.
C. He asked when are you going back to Japan. D. He asked when I am going back to Japan.
10. “Why did you have wait so long?”
A. She wanted to know why we had to wait so long.
B. She wanted to know why did we have to wait so long.
C. She wanted to know why did you have to wait so long.
D. She wanted to know why we have to wait so long.
VIII. Fill the gaps with suitable adjective from the box.
Knowledge careful painful dangerous foggy famous
1. You must be very when you drive in wet weather.
2. It was so this morning that I couldn't see more than twenty meters in front of one.
3. Everyone in my country has heard of her; she's very .
4. The people in the tourist information office were very . And answer all our questions
without any problems.
5. This is a very road; there were at least three serious accidents on it last years.
6. It was very when I hit my leg against the corner of table.

IX. Put the verbs into the correct form.

1. I have bought two tickets. My wife and I (see) a movie tonight.
2. Mary thinks Peter (get) the job.
3. A: “I (move) from my house tomorrow. I have packed everything”.
B: “I (come) and help you.”
4. If I have enough money, I (buy) a new car.
5. I (be) there at four o'clock, I promise.
6. The meeting (take) place at 4 p.m.
7. If you eat all of that cake, you (feel) sick.
8. They (be) at home at 10 o'clock because their son is staying alone at home.
9. Perhaps she (not/ be) able to come tomorrow.
10. Because of the train delay, the meeting (not/ take) place at 10 o'clock.

X. Put the words in the correct form.

1. Global communication was changed by the of the Internet. (invent)
2. The paper is both and . (inform/entertain)
3. What makes this magazine so . (popularize)
4. The program is fully . (interact)
5. Annually the competition attracts millions of worldwide. (view)
6. We apologize for the caused to the passengers. (convenient)
7. Using the Internet in daily life can be . (cost)
8. The Internet is a very useful means of . (communicate)

XI. Choose the correct answer A, B, C or D in each line.

Computer (1) the significant role in our society. Computer (2) our lives
completely different. Our current significant development is (3) computer in many areas.
Examples of these areas are business, medicine, environment, technology, education and also our daily lives.
It can be said that our modern lives cannot exist without computer (4) participates actively and
plays more and more important roles in our world, it is still one of the useful (5) for human being
so far. However, computer is developing right now and in the future, to be sure, it will be difficult to imagine
the performance of computer in the future.
1. A. plays B. play C. is playing D. will play
2. A. creates B. makes C. forms D. leads
3. A. why B. due for C. due to D. because
4. A. despite B. because C. due to D. even though
5. A. thing B. things C. tool D. tools

XII. Read the text and choose the correct answer A, B or C in each line.

The invention of the telephone has made our lives much easier. Before the telephone was invented people
use to communicate by fire or a light from a torch. Native Americans actually developed a more complex
 system of signaling with fire by controlling the release of the smoke, but such smoke signals also had their
limitations. Another way to send a message between places that weren't too far apart was to use sounds
better than the human voice. African tribes used drums to communicate. The way they used to get messages
across from place to place was by foot, but once they learned how to use horses the messengers could get
the message much faster. In the nineteenth-century the message delivery system was called Pony Express. It
took about ten days for the message to get the destination. Within no time the telegraph was introduced in
the 1800's. The first message was send on May 24, to the Supreme Court.
The inventor of the telephone was Alexander Graham Bell. He was born in Edinburgh, Scotland, on
March 3, 1847. His father and grandfather were both elocutionists. His mother Eliza was a portrait painter
and a talented pianist. Alex was his family name. Alex was taught at home, so he was not especially gifted
at anything expect the piano. Alex gave himself a prize on the eleventh birthday, adding "Graham to his
middle name. Alex became a teacher himself, since he liked teaching other people. Alex hobbies were to
collect bugs and butterflies, the skeletons of animals, birds eggs, shells, and plants. Alex's grandfather died
in 1865. His brother Ted died in 1867 of tuberculosis, a disease for which there was no cure in the
nineteenth century.
The way Alex was introduced to telegraph was by his father, when he took him to Charles Wheatstone
one of the most famous scientists in England at that time. He had developed a telegraph before Morse.
Wheatstone had made a machine.

1. Before the telephone was invented, people use to communicate by .

A. a light from a torch B. fire from a torch C. A & B are correct
2. A more complex system of signaling with fire is developed by controlling the release of .
A. the smoke B. the fire C. A & B are wrong
3. Using sounds is to send a message between places that weren’t too .
A. near B. far C. not given in the text
4. In the nineteen century, how many days did it spend for the message to get to the destination?
A. ten B. nine C. eight
5. Who was the inventor of the telephone?
A. Ted Graham Bell B. Eliza Graham Bell C. Alexander Graham Bell
6. Alex was taught .
A. at home B. at school C. at center
7. His mother Eliza was .
A. a portrait painter B. a talented pianist C. A&B are correct.
8. Alex hobbies were to collect .
A. bugs and butterflies
B. the skeletons of small animals, birds' eggs, shells, and plants
C. A&B are correct.

XIII. Read the text again and answer the questions.

1. What did African tribes use to communicate?

2. How could the messengers get the message much faster that by foot?

3. What was the message delivery system named in the nineteen century?

4. When did Alex's grandfather die?

5. Whom did Alex's father take him to?

XIV. Read the text again and choose the correct answers.
 Beer and Cheese
When you are drinking a cold beer on a hot day, or eating a delicious cheese sandwich, you can thank
biotechnology for the pleasure you are experiencing. That's right! Beer, bread and cheese are all produced
using biotechnology. Perhaps a definition will be useful to understand how. A standard definition is that
biotechnology (or biotech for short) is the application of science and engineering to the direct or indirect use
of living organisms.
And as you know, the food and drink above are all produced by the fermentation of micro-organisms. In
beer, the yeast multiplies as it eats the sugars in the mixture and turns them into alcohol and CO 2. This
ancient technique was first used in Egypt to make bread and wine around 4000BC!
Questions
1. What is the main topic of the article?
A. Brief history and modern developments of biotechnology
B. Benefit of biotechnology
C. Modern research in biotechnology
D. Origin of biotechnology
2. What is not a product of biotechnology?
A. bread B. beer C. cheese D. fish
3. Biotechnology (or biotech for short) is the application of science and engineering to the direct or
indirect use of .
A. short organisms B. lifing organisms
C. living organisms D. indirect and direct organisms
4. What was the ancient technique to make first used around 4000BC?
A. bread B. wine C. both bread and wine D. Not given
5. Where was the ancient technique to make bread and wine first used?
A. Egypt B. Europe C. Russia D. America

XV. Put the verbs into the correct form (will, going to, simple present or present progressive).
1. If it rains, they (not/ go) to the seaside.
2. In my opinion, she (fail) the exam.
3. He (sell) the car if he doesn't have enough money to build a new house.
4. She is very tired, she (take) a rest.
5. According to the weather forecast, it (not/ rain) this weekend.
6. If you lose your job, what (you/ do) ?
7. In your opinion, (she/ be) a good teacher?
8. What time (the sun/ set) today?
9. Do you think she (get) money from her boss?
10. (you/ take) the children to the cinema this weekend? I have seen some tickets on the
table.

XVI. Complete the following sentences.

1. “I'll send you a postcard." He told us that he us a postcard.
2. "We've bought a new car." They told me they a new car.
3. "I don't speak German." She said that she German.
4. "You failed your art exam." You said that we our art exam.
5. "I can't drive." He said drive.
6. "You look nice." He told me that I nice.
7. "We're going ice-skating." They said they ice-skating.
8. "The students aren't listening to me." The teacher said the students to her

XVII. Complete the following sentences.

1. John: "Mandy is at home."
John said that .
2. Max: "Frank often reads a book."
Max told me that .
3. Susan: “I’m watching TV”
Susan said to me that .
4. Simon: “David was ill.”
Simon said that .
5. Peggy: “The girls helped in the house.”
Peggy told me that .
6. Richard: "I am going to ride a skateboard.”
Richard said to me that .
7. Stephen and Claire: "We have cleaned the windows.”
Stephen and Claire told me that .
8. Charles: "I didn't have time to do my homework.”
Charles remarked that .
9. Mrs. Jones: "My mother will be 50 years old.”
Mrs. Jones told me that .
10. Jean: "The boss must sign the
letter." Jean said that

UNIT 12: LIFE ON OTHER PLANETS

(CUỘC SỐNG TRÊN CÁC HÀNH TINH KHÁC)
A. VOCABULARY
1. accommodate (v) /əˈkɒmədeɪt/: cung cấp nơi ăn, chốn ở; dung chứa
2. adventure (n) /ədˈventʃə/: cuộc phiêu lưu
3. alien (n) /ˈeɪliən/: người ngoài hành tinh
4. experience (n) /ɪkˈspɪəriəns/: trải nghiệm
5. danger (n) /ˈdeɪndʒə/: hiểm họa, mối đe dọa
6. flying saucer (n) /ˈflaɪɪŋ ˈsɔːsə/: đĩa bay
7. galaxy (n) /ˈɡæləksi/: dải ngân hà
8. Jupiter (n) /ˈdʒuːpɪtə/: sao Mộc
9. Mars (n) /mɑːz/: sao Hỏa
10. messenger (n) /ˈmesɪndʒə/: người đưa tin
11. Mercury (n) /ˈmɜːkjəri/: sao Thủy
12. NASA (n) /ˈnæsə/: cơ quan Hàng không và Vũ trụ Mỹ
13. Neptune (n) /ˈneptjuːn/: sao Hải Vương
14. outer space (n) /ˈaʊtə speɪs/: ngoài vũ trụ
15. planet (n) /ˈplænɪt/: hành tinh
16. poisonous (adj) /ˈpɔɪzənəs/: độc, có độc
17. Saturn (n) /ˈsætɜːn/: sao Thổ
18. solar system (n) /ˈsəʊlə ˈsɪstəm/: hệ mặt trời
19. space buggy (n) /speɪs ˈbʌɡi/: xe vũ trụ
20. stand (v) /stænd/: chịu đựng, chịu được, nhịn được
21. surface (n) /ˈsɜːfɪs/: bề mặt
22. trace (n, v) /treɪs/: dấu vết, lần theo dấu vết
23. terrorist (n) /ˈterərɪst/: kẻ khủng bố
24. trek (n, v) /trek/: hành trình, du hành
25. UFO (n) /ˌjuː ef ˈəʊ/: đĩa bay, vật thể bay không xác định
26. uncontrollably (adv) /ˌʌnkənˈtrəʊləbli/: không khống chế được
27. Venus (n) /ˈviːnəs/: sao Kim
28. weightless (adj) /ˈweɪtləs/: không trọng lượng

B. GRAMMAR.
I. ÔN TẬP MAY VÀ MIGHT
Cách dùng Ví dụ
- “May” và “might” được dùng để diễn đạt điều - It may/might be a bomb. (Có thể đó là 1 quả
gì có khả năng xảy ra ở hiện tại hoặc tương lai. bom)
- “might” diễn tả sự việc có khả năng xảy ra thấp - Where is Emma? I don’t know. She may/might
hơn “may”. be out shopping. (Có lẽ cô ấy đi mua sắm)
- I may go to London next month. (khả năng xảy
ra 50%)
- I might go to London next month. (khả năng
xảy ra 30%)
- “May” và “might” được dùng để xin phép, cho - May I borrow your car? (xin phép lịch sự)
phép (có tính chất lễ phép, trang trọng hơn “can” - Yes, of course you may./No, I’m afraid you
và “could”). may not. (từ chối lời xin phép)
- “May not” được dùng để từ chối lời xin phép - Students may not use the teachers’ car park.
hoặc chỉ sự cấm đoán. (cấm đoán)
- May được dùng trong những lời chúc mừng May the New Year bring you all your heart
trang trọng (không dùng might). desires. (Chúc bạn 1 năm mới vạn sự như ý!)
BÀI TẬP VẬN DỤNG CƠ BẢN
Bài 1: Hãy chỉ ra chức năng của hai động từ khuyết thiếu may và might trong những câu dưới đây.
Viết Po vào ô trống bên cạnh nếu nó chỉ khả năng (Possibility), viết AP nếu nó chỉ lời xin phép (Asking
for Permission), và viết PE nếu nó chỉ sự cho phép (Permission)
1. I may have lunch early I’m hungry.
2. May I come in now?
3. He might go abroad next month.
4. I may not have time to go out today.
5. May I borrow your book tomorrow?
6. You may not borrow the car until you can be more careful with it.
7. You may go camping with your friends if you get high marks in the next tests.
8. It’s quite bright. It might not rain today.
9. Might we just interrupt for a moment?
10. Jay may be coming to see us tomorrow.
Bài 2: Sắp xếp các từ đã cho thành câu đúng.
1. airport/He/be/the/waiting/us/may/at/for.
2. might/John/your/come/party/to.
3. room/I/the/May/leave?
4. your/I/May/eraser/use/,/please/?/Yes/,you/course/of/may.
5. that/touch/Don’t/ write/it/be/because/dangerous/might.
6. is/No One/to/go/allowed/into/building/that/,/may/go/you/not/inside/.
7. applying/is/for/the/a/He/job/at/university/,/get/he/it/might
8. yesterday/Sheila/go/sick/work/didn’t/,/to/she/be/might/.
9. bomb/may/it/a/be
10. put/I/the/May/on/TV?
Bài 3: Dựa vào những từ gợi ý, dùng might/might not(mighn’t) để viết thành câu hoàn chỉnh.
1. I/go to the party.
....................................................................................................................................................
2. She/not talk to him.
....................................................................................................................................................
3. They/lose the game.
....................................................................................................................................................
4. Everybody/come to my concert
....................................................................................................................................................
5. The government/not win the election
....................................................................................................................................................
6. The school/not win the competition.
....................................................................................................................................................
7. The singer/become famous.
....................................................................................................................................................
8. He/not break a world record
....................................................................................................................................................
9. My father/work in a different country
....................................................................................................................................................
10. I /not become president of a country
....................................................................................................................................................
II.CÂU HỎI GIÁN TIẾP (REPORTED QUESTIONS)
1. Các quy tắc khi chuyển câu hỏi trực tiếp sang câu hỏi gián tiếp
- Động từ tường thuật được sử dụng trong câu hỏi gián tiếp thường là: asked, required, wondered, wanted to
know.
- Áp dụng qui tắc đổi đại từ nhân xưng, tính từ sở hữu, đại từ sở hữu giống câu trần thuật gián tiếp.
- Áp dụng qui tắc đổi thì của động từ giống câu trần thuật gián tiếp.
- Áp dụng qui tắc đổi các trạng từ chỉ thời gian, nơi chốn giống câu trần thuật gián tiếp.
- Câu hỏi chuyển sang câu gián tiếp phải được chuyển về dạng khẳng định và lược bỏ dấu hỏi chấm.
2. Các dạng câu hỏi gián tiếp.
Dạng Cấu trúc
Câu hỏi Wh-Questions (Câu hỏi bắt đầu bằng S + asked/wondered/wanted to know + O + Wh
các từ để hỏi như: What, Where, When, Why, + S + V...
How...) He said to me, “Why did you go with her father
last week?”
→He asked me why I had gone with her father
the week before.
Câu hỏi Yes/No Questions: Dùng “If hoặc S + asked/wondered/wanted to know + O +
whether” để bắt đầu câu hỏi Yes/No gián tiếp. if/whether + S + V
Ví dụ:
He said to me, “Will you go with her father next
week?”
→ He asked me if/whether I would go with her
father the following week.

BÀI TẬP VẬN DỤNG CƠ BẢN.

Bài 4: Sắp xếp các từ sau để tạo thành câu hỏi gián tiếp hoàn chỉnh.
1. asked/was/how much/that/Tom/computer
Tom ...........................................................................................................................................
2. had/to know/the officer/if/wanted/the keys/I
The officer .................................................................................................................................
3. Ann/hadn’t come/why/to her party/asked/Sam/he
Ann ............................................................................................................................................
4. asked/Jane/for her holidays/she/was going/he/where
He...............................................................................................................................................
5. me/English/asked/I/spoke/He/if
He ..............................................................................................................................................
6. old/asked/He/her/how/was/mother
He ..............................................................................................................................................
7. British/was/asked/whether/He/I/me/American/or
He ..............................................................................................................................................
8. Boy/The asked/the/where/lived/policeman/be
The policeman ...........................................................................................................................
9. Had/Bristol/She/I/been/asked/to/before/if
She..............................................................................................................................................10.
The/asked/time/train/She/what/arrived.
She .............................................................................................................................................
Bài 5: Khoanh tròn vào phương án đúng.
1. Tourist: “Where is the post office?” A tourist asked me where ...............................
A. the post office has B. the post office was
C. is the post office D. was the post office
2. Mom: “It’s 2 a.m; what are you doing in the kitchen?” Mom wanted to know what........................in.
A. was I doing B. I do C. I was doing D. am I doing
3. Dad: “Why did you come home so late last night?” Dad wanted to know ................ home very late the
night before.
A.why did I come B. if I come C. if I came D. why I had come
4. Jane: “Have you ever been to Australia?” Jane asked me.......................to Australia
A. if I’m ever going B. if I’d ever been C. have I ever been D. had I ever been
5. Joe: “Could you sing when you were five?” He asked me................when I was five
A. can I sing B. if I can sing C. could I sing D. if I could sing
6. Mother: “When are you going to do your homework?” Mother asked me when ...........to do my
homework.
A. was I going B. I was going C. am I going D. I’ll be going
7. Allen: “How many songs had John Lennon written before he died?” Allen wanted to know how many
songs....................before his death.
A. John Lennon had written B. John Lennon was writing
C. was John Lennon writing D. had John Lennon written
8. Janet: “Were you working at 8p.m last night?” Janet asked me.....................at 8p.m the other night.
A. if I’m working B. if I’d been working
C. was I working D. had I been working
9. Dad: “Have you been attending classes regularly?” Dad asked me...................attending classes regularly.
A. if I’d be B. had I been C. if I’d been D. have I ben
10. Mario: “What should I do to improve my English?” Mario asked his teacher what.............to improve his
English.
A. he should do B. he would do C. shall he do D. should he do
11. Jim: “How much does your sister earn?” Jim wanted to know how much.................
A. my sister has earned B. did my sister earn
C. does my sister earn D. my sister earned
12. Joe: “Could you sing when you were five?” He asked me.....................when I was five.
A. can I sing B. if I can sing C. could I sing D. if I could sing
13. Mary: “Are you able to swim?” Mary asked me.........................to swim.
A. if I have been able B. am I able C. if I was able D. will be able
14. Tourist: “When was that castle built?” The tourist asked the guide when ...................
A. had the castle been built B. the castle had been built
C. the castle was being built D. was the castle built
15. Sue: “May I sleep at Lee’s house overnight?” Sue asked her mother..........................at her friend’s house
overnight
A. if she might sleep B. could she sleep
C. can she sleep D. if she had to sleep
Bài 6: Chuyển các câu hỏi trực tiếp dạng Yes-No questions dưới đây thành câu hỏi gián tiếp.
Ví dụ: “Is this my birthday cake?” →Peter asked Mary if that was his birthday cake.
1. “Will you send me an e-mail?” Marty to Kim
....................................................................................................................................................
2. “Were you driving your car when you had an accident?” The police to Mr Lloyd
....................................................................................................................................................
3. “Did you give up smoking last month?” The doctor to Mrs Smith
....................................................................................................................................................
4. “Have you done the washing up?” Mum to me
....................................................................................................................................................
5. “Can’t you phone your mother at home?” The teacher to him
....................................................................................................................................................
6. “Do you like sleeping? ” I to Greg
....................................................................................................................................................
7. “Has your house been redecorated? ” My neighbor to me
....................................................................................................................................................
8. “Were you punished for being late? ” Mum to Ben
....................................................................................................................................................
9. “Do I have to move the lawn in our garden today? ” Tom to his wife
....................................................................................................................................................
10. “Are they taking the dog for a walk now? ” Kate to me
....................................................................................................................................................
Bài 7: Chuyển các câu hỏi trực tiếp dạng Wh-questions dưới đây thành câu hỏi gián tiếp.
Ví dụ: Who is this flower for? →Mary asks Peter who that flower is for.
1. “What’s your name? ” The officer to Sam
....................................................................................................................................................
2. “How could you drive here in this storm?” Linda to the writer
....................................................................................................................................................
3. “Why are you wearing this awful shirt?” The boss to Mr Grey
....................................................................................................................................................
4. “When will the lunch be ready?” Tina to her mum
....................................................................................................................................................
5. “How did you try to cope with this problem? ” The psychologist to Sylvie.
....................................................................................................................................................
6. “When did you find this great book? ” The teacher to Jack
....................................................................................................................................................
7. “Where are you from? ” Mike to Sam
....................................................................................................................................................
8. “How many apples have you eaten today?” Mum to Paul
....................................................................................................................................................
9. “What can I do for you? ” The greengrocer to Mrs Hill
....................................................................................................................................................
10. “Where is my tie? ” Dad to the children.
....................................................................................................................................................
Bài 8: Chuyển các câu hỏi trực tiếp dưới đây thành câu hỏi gián tiếp.
1. “Have you done your homework yet, Peter?”
Mum wanted to know if ............................................................................................................
2. “Where are you going to spend your holiday this summer, Sue?”
Mary asked Sue .........................................................................................................................
3. “Do you know how long it is from London to Cambridge?”
Tom asked me if.........................................................................................................................
4. “Will you phone me as soon as you arrive in Oxford, Carol?”
Cindy asked Carol if ..................................................................................................................
5. “Did the children play football in the park yesterday? ”
Grandma was interested in knowing if ......................................................................................
6. “How much does the ticket for the concert cost? ”
Father wanted to know ..............................................................................................................
7. “Can you help me with the housework tomorrow, Linda?”
He asked Linda if ......................................................................................................................
8. “What time does the new TV series begin tonight?”
Terry asked ................................................................................................................................
9. “Are you going to buy a new computer next month, Lewis?”
I wanted to know if ...................................................................................................................
10. “When has Tim started working this morning?”
Mr. Smith asked his secretary ...................................................................................................
11. “Is Sue coming to the library with you, Paul?”
Tina asked Paul if ......................................................................................................................
12. “Why haven’t you sent me an email while you were in London?”
Dave wanted to know ................................................................................................................
13. “Could you swim when you were six, Tony? ”
The P.E teacher asked Tony if ..................................................................................................
14. “What have you been doing at school this morning, Charles ?”
Dad was interested in knowing .................................................................................................
15. “Are you revising for tomorrow exam?”
The teacher asked the students if ..............................................................................................
16. “How often do you play chess with your brother, Alice?”
Sam wanted to know .................................................................................................................
BÀI TẬP TỔNG HỢP NÂNG CAO.
Bài 9: Chọn phương án đúng nhất.
1. “What has Daddy made for dinner ? ” asked Simon.
A. Simon asked what Daddy had made for dinner.
B. Simon asked what Daddy have made for dinner.
C. Simon asked what Daddy has made for dinner.
2. “Who won the match? ” asked Monica.
A. Monica asked who had won the match.
B. Monica asked who have won the match.
C. Monica asked who has won the match.
3. “Has Sarah ever been to Siena ? ” he asked.
A. He asked whether Sarah had never been to Siena.
B. He asked whether Sarah had ever been to Siena.
C. He asked whether Sarah has never been to Siena.
4. “Do you like fried eggs?”Anne asked David
A. Anne asked David whether he like fried eggs.
B. Anne asked David if he like fried eggs.
C. Anne asked David if he liked fried eggs.
5. “Can they play the piano?” she asked
A. She asked if they could play the piano.
B. She asked if they can play the piano.
C. She asked whether they can play the piano.
6. “Have you ever been to Lisbon? ”Luis asked Paul.
A. Luis asked Paul whether he has ever been to Lisbon.
B. Luis asked Paul whether he had ever been to Lisbon.
C. Luis asked Paul whether he had never been to Lisbon.
7. “Can I use your mobile, John? ” asked Sarah.
A. Sarah asked John if she can use his mobile.
B. Sarah asked John if she could use her mobile.
C. Sarah asked John if she could use his mobile.
8. “Are we going out tonight?” asked Bob.
A. Bob asked if/whether they were going out this night.
B. Bob asked whether they were going out that night.
C. Bob asked whether they are going out that night.
9. “Is the Pope a Catholic?” asked JK
A.JK asked whether the Pope be a
Catholic
B. JK asked if the Pope be a Catholic
C. JK asked if the Pope was a Catholic
10. “Where do bears live?” asked George.
A. George asked where bears lived.
B. George asked where bears lives.
C. George asked where lived bears.
Bài 10. Đọc đoạn hội thoại dưới đây và tường thuật lại dưới dạng câu gián tiếp.
Mike: “What are you doing here, Liz? I haven’t seen you since June.”
Liz: “I’ve just come back from my holiday in Ireland”
Mike: “Did you enjoy it?”
Liz: “I love Ireland. And the Irish people were so friendly”
Mike: “Did you go to the Wicklow Mountains?”
Liz: “It was my first trip. I can show you some pictures. Are you doing anything tomorrow?”
Mike: “I must arrange a couple of things. But I am free tonight.”
Liz: “You might come to my place. What time shall we meet?”
Mike: “I’ll be there at eight. Is it all right?”
1. Mike asked Liz ................................................ And he said .................................................
2. Liz explained that ...............................................................
3. Mike wondered ...............................................................
4. Liz told him that .................................................... and that .................................................
5. Mike wanted to know...............................................................
6. Liz said that ............................................... and that she .......................................................
7. And then she asked him if ...............................................................
8. Mike explained that ...............................................................
9. But he added that ...............................................................
10. Liz suggested that .............................................. and asked him .........................................
11. Mike said ...............................................................
12. And then he asked ...............................................................
Bài 11: Chọn dạng động từ đúng trong những câu trực tiếp dưới đây.
1. Helen asked me if I liked visiting old buildings.
‘Do you like/Did you like visiting old buildings?’ asked Helen.
2. Bill asked Mary if she had done anything the previous
weekend. ‘Have you done anything/Did you do anything last
weekend?’
3. The policeman asked me if the car belong to you me.
‘Does this car belong/Did this car belong to you?’asked the policeman.
4. Fiona asked me if I had seen her umbrella anywhere.
‘Did you see/Have you seen my umbrella anywhere ?’ asked Fiona.
5. Joe asked Tina when she would get back.
‘When will you get /have you got back?’asked Joe.
6. Eddie asked Steve who he had been to the cinema with.
‘Who did you go/had you been to the cinema with?’ asked Eddie.
7. My parents asked me what time I had got home the night before.
‘What time did you get/have you got home last night?’ my parents
asked.
8. David asked a passer-by f it was the right road for Hastings.
Is this/Was this the right road for Hastings? Asked David.
 TEST 1 UNIT 12
I. Which word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from the others?
1. A. plates B. cakes C. mates D. places
2. A. changed B. learned C. laughed D. arrived
3. A. emergency B. resident C. deposit D. prefer
4. A. wanted B. decided C. visited D. looked
5. A. prison B. limestone C. kind D. tribe
6. A. which B. who C. when D. where
7. A. carry B. hard C. card D. yard
8. A. twice B. flight C. piece D. mind
9. A. about B. around C. sound D. young
10. A. cover B. oven C. coffee D. company

II. Choose the words that have the different stress from the others.
1. A. underground B. poisonous C. oxygen D. Jupiter
2. A. airless B. Saturn C. daytime D. transform
3. A. terrorist B. adventure C. Mercury D. galaxy
4. A. captain B. series C. precise D. weightless
5. A. environment B. inhabitant C. accommodate D. temperature
III. Choose the best answer A, B, C or D to complete the sentences.
1. People will take of robots to do household chores.
A. chance B. condition C. success D. advantage
2. Many people think that robots will make workers .
A. employed B. unemployed C. no job D. the jobless
3. It is certain that robots will the quality of our lives.
A. improve B. rise C. lift D. develop
4. With healthier and better medical , people will have a longer life expectancy.
A. ways – care B. lifestyles – care C. life – cares D. lifestyles – medicine
5. Many people think the cyberworld will the real world.
A. take B. provide C. take place D. replace
6. The invention of penicillin is very useful because it has lots of lives.
A. lost B. brought C. saved D. solved
7. It is said that in a couple of decades, we telepathy and holography.
A. use B. will be used C. have used D. will be using
8. Mars is named the Roman God of war.
A. to B. about C. after D. under
9. By 2050 we in smart homes.
A. will have lived B. will be lived
C. will live D. are living
10. The Earth seems too small to the increasing population.
A. provide B. accommodate C. supply D. stand
IV. Choose the word or phrase that best completes each unfinished sentence below.
1. The facsimile by Alexander Bain in 1843.
A. is invented B. was invented C. invented D. has been invented
2. First, fry the onions , add the potatoes.
A. than B. then C. after D. before
3. He a prize in the competition last week.
A. win B. won C. was won D. has win
4. Who the company?
A. goes B. walks C. jogs D. runs
5. is an instrument for making sounds louder.
A. Loudspeaker B. Recorder C. Facsimile D. Radio
6. The doctor told me more fresh fruit.
A. eat B. to eat C. eating D. ate
7. Can you repair my bike?
A. use B. fix C. adjust D. A&B
8. Coffee was known in Europe ‘Arabian wine’.
A. as B. like C. the same D. unlike
9. The information for future use.
A. stores B. stored C. is stored D. are stored
10. I saw a flying overhead.
A. train B. helicopter C. conveyor belt D. coach
11. This beautiful picture by Mary.
A. is drawn B. is drew C. is draw D. is drawing
12. Don’t touch the paint! It’s still wet.
A. do a job with something
B. take something
C. put your hand or finger on something
D. put paint on something to change the color
13. I warned him too close to the fire.
A. not to go B. not going C. no going D. didn’t go
14. is a pen that has a very small ball at the end.
A. Crayon B. Fountain pen C. Pencil D. Ball-point pen
15. Tobacco is taxed in most countries, along with alcohol.
A. in the same way as something B. but not something
C. for example D. including
16. James picked up the and said “Hello”.
A. vacuum B. printer C. telephone D. fax machine

17. Children, please behave!

A. do and say the right things
B. do something
C. do what somebody tells you to do
D. more on your legs, but not run
18. We now toast bread a toaster on the table.
A. by B. with C. from D. in
19. Which shall I press to turn the radio on?
A. button B. roll C. roller D. plug
20. Don’t sit the sun too long.
A. among B. on C. over D. in
V. Choose the words given to fill in the blanks correctly.
light between becomes month

around seems see earth

Once a month, the moon travels in a complete circle (1) the earth. As it moves in its circle, it (2)
to change shape. This is because we, on Earth, (3) only that section of the
moon that catches the sun’s light.
When the sun, the moon and the earth are in a straight line with the moon in the middle, it is impossible for
us to see the moon. At this point, the moon is said to be new. We are unable to see it in this position because
the side facing the (4) is in shadow. As the new moon begins to circle the earth, however, we begin
to see that part of its surface that catches the sun’s (5) . After some days, when it reaches the position
where the earth is (6) the sun and the moon, we see the full moon. Later, it again (7)
half moon, becoming smaller and smaller until it disappears again to become the new moon. This
cycle takes 28 days or a lunar (8) .
 VI. Choose the word or phrase among A, B, C or D that best fits the blank space in the following
passage.
Why does Man want to go to other planets (1) the solar system? Just for adventure? True, (2)
is adventure in space travel. But a (3) to other planets would also be (4) . For
example, space stations could be built that would give us (5) information about the weather.
In space stations (6) around the earth, Man could live and study the cloud formation on (7)
surface. These formations could tell us what weather to (8) in any part of the world at any
time. (9) information would be useful to pilots, to ship captains, and even to farmers (10)
must set dates for planting and harvesting.
1. A. in B. on C. at D. of
2. A. this B. there C. that D. it
3. A. travel B. fly C. trip D. drive
4. A. practice B. practiced C. practicing D. practical
5. A. valuable B. wealthy C. expensive D. amused
6. A. moves B. moving C. moved D. moveable
7. A. his B. her C. its D. their
8. A. hope B. believe C. consider D. expect
9. A. Such B. Those C. So D. These
10. A. which B. who C. whom D. whose
VII. Choose the word or phrase among A, B, C or D that best fits the blank space in the following
passage.
Long ago a lot of people (1) the moon was a god. Other people thought it was just a light in
the sky. And others thought it was a big (2) of cheese!
The telescopes were made, and men saw that the moon was really another world. They wondered (3)
it was like. They dreamed of going there. On July 20, 1969, that dream came (4) . Two
American astronauts landed on the moon. (5) names were Neil Armstrong and Edwin Aldrin.
The first thing the men found was that the moon is covered (6) dust. The dust is so thick that the
men left (7) where they walked. Those were the first marks a living thing had ever made on the
moon. And they could (8) there for years and years. There is no wind or rain to wipe them off.
The two men (9) rocks to bring back to Earth for study. They dug up dirt to bring back.
They set up machines to find out things people wanted to know. Then they were off on their long trip (10)
the earth.
1. A. told B. guessed C. thought D. said
2. A. form B. ball C. stone D. round
3. A. what B. which C. that D. how
4. A. real B. true C. unreal D. untrue
5. A. Theirs B. His C. Its D. Their
6. A. with B. for C. to D. by
7. A. fingerprints B. handprints C. footprints D. prints
8. A. go B. remain C. put D. run
9. A. got up B. gave up C. picked up D. set up
10. A. onto B. from to C. into D. back to
VIII. Rewrite the following sentences using questions words + to-infinitives.
1. We don’t know where we should put the sofa.

2. The rules didn’t specify who I should speak to in case of an emergency.

3. Mai wondered how she could ride the scooter.

4. Let us decide when we should start the project.

5. Could you tell me where I can find a good hotel?

6. We must find out what we are to do next.

7. A good dictionary tells you how you should pronounce the words.

8. We are not sure who we will meet at the entrance.

9. I cant remember when I have to turn off the oven.

10. Do you know what you should look for?

IX. Complete the directed speech sentences.

1. Mr. Smith said: “Where are you going on your vacation this year?
🡒 Mr. Smith asked .....................................................................................................................
2. She said: “Did the mechanics finish repairing your car?”
🡒 She asked ................................................................................................................................

3. She said: “Why has David been looking so miserable lately?”

🡒 She asked ................................................................................................................................
4. I asked my friend: “Was anyone hurt in the car accident last month?”
🡒 He asked my friend ................................................................................................................
5. She asked me: “How old are you now ?”
🡒 She asked me ..........................................................................................................................
6. He said to her: “Have you been to town today ?”
🡒 She asked her ..........................................................................................................................
7. John said: “How long does it take you to get to London, Mary?”
🡒 John asked Mary ....................................................................................................................
8. The policeman asked the little girl: “What’s your name?”
🡒 The policeman asked the little girl .........................................................................................
9. Mr. Green said to his secretary: “Who did you talk to a few minutes ago?”
🡒 Mr. Green asked his secretary ................................................................................................
10. Paul said: “Can you swim, Mary?”
🡒 Paul asked Mary .....................................................................................................................
11. He said: “Where can I find her in this town?”
🡒 He asked .................................................................................................................................
12. She asked her son: “Do you know which is the cup you used ?”
🡒 She asked her son ...................................................................................................................
13. Helen said: “What did you say, Jack ?”
🡒 Helen asked Jack ....................................................................................................................
14. She said to him: “Why didn’t you get up early this morning ?”
🡒 She asked him ........................................................................................................................
15. He said: “Will it rain tonight ?”
🡒 He asked .................................................................................................................................
16. “Every weekend, the astronauts can have private video-conferences with their families on the Earth,” Dr.
Nelson said.
🡒 Dr. Nelson said........................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................
17. “Have the astronauts ever forgotten anything from the Earth?” Nick asked his teacher.
🡒 Nick asked his teacher.............................................................................................................
18. “The astronauts on the ISS use a 3-D printer on board to print certain objects,” the teacher answered
Nick.
 🡒 The teacher told Nick .............................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................
19. “Where can we look for life?” Nga asked Dr. Nelson .
🡒 Nga asked Dr. Nelson ............................................................................................................
20. “Ganymede, the largest moon of Jupiter, has a large salt water ocean,” the teacher said.
🡒 The teacher said ......................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................
X. Put these sentences into the reported speech.
1. He said to her, “You are my friend.”
.........................................................................................................................................
2. Johnny said to his mother, “I don’t know how to do this exercise.”
.........................................................................................................................................
3. “Don’t come back before one o’clock”, advised my brother.
.........................................................................................................................................
4. “Cook it in butter”, Mrs Brown said to her daughter.
.........................................................................................................................................
5. The pupils said “Teacher, give us better marks, please.”
.........................................................................................................................................
6. My friend said, “Are you going to leave tomorrow?”
.........................................................................................................................................
7. “Have you done your homework?”, said my mother.
.........................................................................................................................................
8. I asked Bill,” What time did you go to bed last night?”
.........................................................................................................................................
9. Paul said, “I must go home now.”
.........................................................................................................................................
10. “There is an accident”, said the policeman.
.........................................................................................................................................
11. “We are waiting for the school bus”, said the children.
.........................................................................................................................................
12. “Must you go now?” said Mr Brown.
.........................................................................................................................................
13. “Are you going to visit your aunt tomorrow?” asked Tom.
.........................................................................................................................................
14. “Listen to me and don’t make a noise,” said the teacher to his students.
.........................................................................................................................................
15. “Tin tired of eating fish”, said Mary to Helen.
.........................................................................................................................................
16. “The sun always rises in the east,” said Peter.
.........................................................................................................................................
17. “I didn’t steal your fur coat yesterday,” said Samny to Jean.
.........................................................................................................................................
18. “You must do your homework everyday”, said Miss Lan to us.
.........................................................................................................................................
19. “Will we read the story?”, Bill asked his teacher.
.........................................................................................................................................
20. “I don’t know where Alice is,” said Vicky.
.........................................................................................................................................
21. Mary asked me “Can you tell me why you are so sad?”
.........................................................................................................................................
22. “Will you please find out when he last wrote to me?” Jane said to her friend.
.........................................................................................................................................
23. “You must decide what you want to do”, she said to her daughter.
.........................................................................................................................................
XI. Write meaningful sentences about the appearance of aliens based on the words or phrases
given, using “may/ might”.
1. Aliens/ a hard container/ the brain.
.....................................................................................................................................................
2. They/ two eyes/ a nose/ a mouth/ us.
.....................................................................................................................................................
3. Their eyes/ bug-like/ and/ the nose/ not/ in the middle of the face.
.....................................................................................................................................................
4. Besides teeth/ aliens/ other systems/ eating.
.....................................................................................................................................................
5. They/ two arms/ but/ arms/ suckers/ pick up small objects.
.....................................................................................................................................................
6. Their hand/ only three or four fingers.
.....................................................................................................................................................
7. The number of joints/ greater/ and/ direction of bending/ different.
.....................................................................................................................................................
XII. Choose the words or phrases that are not correct in Standard English.
1. James should be tell the news as soon as
possible. A B CD
2. The assistant asked Helen whether those shoes was too small for
her. A B C D
3. It was late, so we decided taking a taxi
home. A B CD
4. I don’t know who wrote the song, but I’ll try and find
about. A B CD
5. She showed me where did I left my
luggage. A B CD

TEST 2 UNIT 12
I. Write the words from the box in the correct part of the table, according to the stress pattern.
powerful painful expressionless skillful spotless
wonderful harmful thoughtful directionless disgraceful
bottomless delightful breathless successful tasteless
faithful motionless respectful uneventful resourceful
 Oo

Ooo

oOo

oOoo

ooOo

II. Choose the word which has a different stress pattern from the others.
1. A. alien B. atmosphere C. adventure D. galaxy
2. A. exploration B. accommodate C. environment D. experience
3. A. forgetful B. wonderful C. beautiful D. waterless
4. A. sighting B. climate C. attempt D. system
5. A. astronaut B. Mercury C. Jupiter D. computer
III. Choose the best answer A, B, C or D to complete the sentences.
6. An astronaut has to wear a spacesuit it may be very cold in space.
A. so B. but C. because D. because of
7. The UFO landed on a area.
A. grass B. grassy C. grassed D. grassing
8. Scientists have been trying to find of aliens.
A. amounts B. records C. traces D. sights
9. There have been many UFO reported.
A. sights B. signs C. signals D. sightings
10. Mars is called the Red Planet due to its surface.
A. red B. redder C. reddest D. reddish
th
11. In the mid-19 century, scientists discovered that Mars had some similarities Earth.
A. to B. with C. of D. from
12. Neptune is bright blue it is named after the Roman God of the sea.
A. because B. but C. so D. or
13. There is a lot of interest in doing experiments in the conditions.
A. weigh B. weighing C. weight D. Weightless
14. Titan, one of Saturn’s , has a thick atmosphere.
A. satellite B. spaceships C. moons D. comets
15. Scientists believe that Mars also seasons just as the Earth does.
A. spends B. experiences C. experiments D. takes

IV. Match a word/phrase in column A with its definition in column B, and write the answer in each
blank.
Answer A B
1. alien (n) A. a large body in space that moves around the sun
2. spaceship (n) B. Unidentified Flying Object
3. solar system (n) C. having no weight, especially when travelling in space
4. galaxy (n) D. a creature that comes from another planet
5. UFO E. a large group of stars and planets in outer space
6. planet (n) F. a vehicle in which people can travel in space
7. orbit G. a person who travels in a spaceship
 8. satellite (n) H. the sun and the planets that move around it
9. astronaut (n) I. a man-made object that has been sent into space and that moves
around a planet
10.weightless J. the path taken by something (a planet, a satellite, etc.) going round
something else in space
(adj)

V. Fill in each blank of the passage with the correct word from the box.
ocean life clouds system
difference conditions kind atmosphere
Can there be Life in the Environment of Titan?
Titan is Saturn's largest moon and the second largest in the solar (1) (after Ganymede
of Jupiter). It is the only moon in the solar system with clouds and a dense, planet-like (2)
. Scientists believe that (3) on Titan are similar to Earth's early years. The main (4)
is that, because it is closer to the sun, Earth has always been warmer. Titan's atmosphere is very
cold, from -200 degrees to -179 degrees Celsius!
In the atmosphere there are layers of (5) composed of complex molecules such as
methane. There also may be an (6) of methane, or perhaps a liquid water layer
inside the moon. This type of environment, except for the cold, is the (7) of
environment in which scientists think (8) began.
VI. Fill in each blank in the following passage, using the words given in the box.
believe in nearest billion intelligent
Earth spaceship numbers ordinary universe
Our planet (1) is revolving around the sun, which is a fairly small and (2)
star. There are about 250 (3) stars in our galaxy. and billions of galaxies in the (4)
In recent years, scientists have wondered about the possibility of (5) life forms on the
other planets.
Some scientists (6) that there may be large (7) of stars with their own
planets. It is almost impossible to reach the stars (8) the Milky Way galaxy. It would
take the fastest Earth (9) about 40,000 years to reach the (10) star.
all the time.
VII. Choose the word or phrase among A, B, C or D that best fits the blank space in the following
passage.
Once a month, the moon travels in a complete circle (1) the earth. As it moves in its
circle, it (2) to change shape. This is because we, on Earth, (3) only that section of the moon that
catches the sun's light.
When the sun, the moon and the earth are in a straight line with the moon in the middle, it is impossible
for us to see the moon. At this point, the moon is said to be new. We are unable to see it in this position
because the side facing the (4) is in shadow. As the new moonbegin to circle the earth, however, we
begin to see that part of its surface that catches the sun's (5) . After some days, when it
reaches the position where the earth is (6) the sun and the moon, we see the full moon. Later, it again (7)
half moon, becoming smaller and smaller until it disappears again to become the new moon. This cycle
takes 28 days or a lunar (8) .
1. A.around B.under C.between D.through
2. A.looks B.wants C.seems D.takes
3. A.hear B.know C.see D.understand
4. A.sun B.earth C.moon D.sky
5. A.light B.energy C.heat D.movement
6. A.across B.between C.over D.after
7. A.sees B.goes C.gets D.becomes
 8. A.week B.month C.fortnight D.year
VIII. Choose the word or phrase among A, B, C or D that best fits the blank space in the following
passage.
Why does Man want to go to other planets (1) the solar system? Just for adventure? True, (2)
is adventure in space travel. But a (3) to other planets would also be (4) . For example,
space stations could be built that would give us (5) information about the weather.
In space stations (6) around the earth, Man could live and study the cloud formations on (7)
surface. These formations could tell us what weather to (8) in any part of the world at any
time. (9) information would be useful to pilots, to ship captains, and even to farmers (10)
must set dates for planting and harvesting.
1. A. on B. in C. at D.of
2. A. there B. this C. that D.it
3. A. travel B. fly C. trip D.drive
4. A.practice B.practised C.practising D.practical
5. A. valuable B. wealthy C. expensive D. amused
6. A. moves B. moving C. moved D. moveable
7. A. his B. her C. its D. their
8. A. hope B. believe C. expect D. consider
9. A. These B. Those C. So D. Such
10. A. which B. who C. whom D. whose
IX. Read the passage and then decide whether the statements are true (T) or false (F)
The International Space Station – the manned satellite - has constantly circled the Earth in low orbit up
to now. Since the first permanent crew moved in on 2 November 2000, 220 people representing 17
countries have come and gone. Most of those astronauts have been Americans on the space shuttle flights
to deliver the equipment, food and other supplies.
Russia has sent the second largest number of people, with Canada and Japan tied for third. At least one
American and one Russian have been on board at all times.
The ISS orbits 240 miles above the planet at 17,150 mph and can often be seen by the naked eye. The
complex has grown from three to 13 rooms and the current structure has a mass of nearly 450 tons. More
than 26,500 meals have been served, 1,760 experiments carried out and 189 spacewalks undertaken,
according to NASA. The 189 spacewalkshave been undertaken to build and maintain the space station.
The most important experiment, according to Commander Scott Kelly, was about keeping humans alive
in space.
NASA administrator, Charles Bolden, called the 15-year milestone in 2015 "a remarkable moment". He
added, "It has taught us about what's possible when tens of thousands of people across 15 countries work
together with the shared goals.”
T F
1. The International Space Station started working on 2 November 2000.  
2. People of different nationalities have worked on the ISS.  
3. American astronauts flew on the space shuttles to bring supplies to the ISS.  
4. The Iss orbits high above the Earth and can only be seen through telescopes.  
5. The space station travels around the Earth at the speed of light.  
6. The astronauts have to walk outside space to maintain the space station.  
7. The most important experiment done by the ISS was about keeping humans lively in  
space.
8. The achievements of the ISS are to make thousands of people in many countries  
collaborate with the same purposes.
X. Read the passage, and do the tasks that follow.
The New Horizons - a NASA probe- went past Pluto in summer 2015. Pluto was discovered by Clyde
Tombaugh - an American astronomer- in 1930 as the ninth planet in the solar system. However, in
January 19, 2006, Pluto was regarded as a dwarf planet. In the solar system, there are the inner rocky
planets, such as the Earth, Mars, Venus and Mercury, and the outer gas giants, like Jupiter, Saturn,
Uranus and Neptune. Pluto and its largest moon, Charon, belong to a third category known as "ice
dwarfs". They have solid surfaces but, unlike the other planets, their mass is icy material.
The probe traveled more than 3.6 billion miles to take the photos. The new image shows a clear view of
Pluto's surface, and it is covered with wide smooth areas, mountains. Huge mountains are made of water
ice. Scientists hope that information from the Horizons will prove that there might be a lot of water on
Pluto. Finding water on another world is important because water is considered one of the key materials
life.
Besides Charon, Pluto has four other small moons: Styx, Nix, Kerberos, and Hydra.
The New Horizon's mission makes the United States the first nation to send a space to probe every
planet from Mercury to Pluto.
Task 1: Match a word in column A with its definition in column B, writing the answer in each blank.
Answer A B
1. probe A. a scientist who studies universe
2. astronomer B. a group of people or things that are similar to each other
3. dwarf C. a small spacecraft with no one travelling in it
4. category D. very important
5. key E. someone or something that is smaller than the usual size
Task 2: Read the passage again, and then answer the following questions.
6. When was Pluto discovered?

7. Why was Pluto not considered a planet but a dwarf planet?

8. How far did the New Horizons travel to take the photos of Pluto?

9. Why do scientists hope that there might be a lot of water on Pluto?

10. Why was the mission to Pluto important to the United States?
XI. Choose the word or phrase among A, B, Cor D that best fits the blank space in following
passage.
Long ago a lot of people (1) the moon was a god. Other people thought it was just a light in the
sky. And others thought it was a big (2) of cheese!
The telescopes were made, and men saw that the moon was really another world. They wondered (3)
it was like. They dreamed of going there. On July 20, 1969, thatdream came (4) . Two
American astronauts landed on the moon. (5) names were Neil Armstrong and Edwin Aldrin.

The first thing the men found was that the moon is covered (6) dust. The dust isso thick that the men
left (7) where they walked. Those were the first marks a living thing had ever made on the
moon. And they could (8) there for years and years. There is no wind or rain to wipe them off.
The two men (9) rocks to bring back to Earth for study. They dug up dirt to bring back. They
set up machines to find out things people wanted to know. Then they were off on their long trip (10) the
earth.
1. A.thought B.guessed C.told D.said
2. A.form B.stone C.ball D.round
3. A.how B.which C.that D.what
4. A.real B.true C.unreal D.untrue
5. A.Their B.His C.Its D.Their
6. A.by B.for C.to D.with
7. A.fingerprints B.footprints C.handprints D.prints
8. A.go B.remain C.put D.run
9. A.got up B.gave up C.picked up D.set up
10. A.back to B.from to C.into D.onto
 XII. Read the following passage carefully, then write True (T) or False (F) for each statement.
People have been talked about UFOs for ages. Millions of normal people keep saying that they were
caught and taken into UFOs.
The first case was in the 1950s when George Adamski said a UFO had taken him to the far side of the
moon. Another case took place in 1961, when an American couple, Betty and Barley Hill, were chased by
a UFO while they were driving home one night in New Hampshire. The couple stopped to observe the
UFO through binoculars. To escape from it, they took the back roads and arrived home two hours later.
Fourteen years later, in 1975, one of the most shocking events happened in a small town in Arizona,
when a woodcutter called Travis Walton disappeared with a blue-green light from a flying saucer under
his teammates' eyes. Five days later, the missing woodcutter returned home and said, "I woke up on the
UFO and found myself among strangers with no hair and half-formed face The put a mask over my face
and asleep again. I remembered nothing else until I awoke in the forest where I had been caught.”
T F
1. It was first claimed that someone had been taken away in a UFO in the middle of the  
20thcentury.
2. Betty and Barley Hill live in the USA.  
3. Betty and Barley Hill were also taken away in a UFO.  
4. Travis Walton was caught on the road.  
5. The aliens wore the masks all the time while Travis was staying with them.  
XIII. Choose the item among A, B, C or D that best answers the question about the passage.
A UFO (Unidentified Flying Object) is any object flying in the sky which cannot be identified by the
person who sees it. Sometimes the object is investigated. If people cannot figure out what the object is
after an investigation, it is called a UFO. If they figure out what the object is, it can no longer be called a
UFO because it has been identified.
Even though UFOs can be anything, people can use the word UFO when they are talking about alien
spacecraft. Flying saucer is another word that is often used to describe an identified flying object.
Studies estimate that 50-90% of all reported sightings are identified later. Usually 10- 20% are never
identified. Studies also show that very few UFO sightings are hoaxes (people trying to trick other people).
Most UFOs are actually natural or man-made objects that looked strange. 80-90% of UFOs are identified
as one of three different things: (a) astronomical causes (for example: planets, stars, or meteors); (b)
aircraft; and (c) balloons. 10-20% UFOs are other causes, such as birds, clouds, mirages, searchlights, etc.
1. Another word used to describe a UFO is .
A.astronaut B.cooking plane C.spacecraft D.flying saucer
2. How many percent of all reported sights are notidentified?
A.10-20% B.20-30% C.30-50% D.80-90%
3. Most of UFOs are identified as one of the following things except .
A.balloons B.rains C.stars D.clouds
4. Which of the following sentences is NOT true?
A.UFO means Unidentified Flying Object. B.UFO is often used to talk about
alien objects.
C.Many UFO sightings are hoaxes. D.Over half of all reported UFO sightings are identified.
5. What does the word "figure out" in paragraph 1 mean?
A.explain B.observe C.calculate D. require
XIV. Read the passage carefully, and then answer the questions below.
Neptune, like the other gas giants in our solar system, doesn't have much of a solid surface to live on.
However, the planet's moon, Triton, might make an interesting place to set up a space colony.
So far, only a spaceship has ever flown past Triton. In the summer of 1989, Voyager 2 flew by Neptune
and its system, and was able to photograph the southern hemisphere of the moon.
Images show that Triton's surface is mostly made up of rock and nitrogen ice, and there are smooth
areas next to volcanos. The smooth areas are formed by clouds of dust and nitrogen gas which erupt from
the volcanos.
1. What is Triton?
 2. What is the interesting thing about Triton?

3. How many spaceships have ever flown past Triton?

4. What can we see on the surface of the moon?

5. How are the smooth areas formed?

XV. Rewrite the sentences in reported speech.

1. Nhi: Space offers unique pleasures including the view and zero gravity activities.
Nhi said .
2. Duong: Space travel is risky and expensive.
Duong thought that .
3. Mai: Will Enceladus provide a habitable environment for life?
Mai asked .
4. Nick: When did the flyby take place?
Nick asked .
5. Mi: What do scientists discover from the photos of Saturn's moon -Enceladus?
Mi asked

XVI. Rewrite the sentences in reported speech.

1. Dr. Nelson: The heat from its sun made Kepler-452b lose its oceans.
Dr. Nelson said .
2. Mai: How old is Kepler-452b - the Earth's cousin?
Mai asked .
3. Nick: The recycling system of the ISS supply 4 liters of water a day.
Nick said .
4. Duong: How can the astronauts wash their hair, Mi?
Duong asked Mi .
5. Mi: They use no-rinse shampoo and a towel to wash their hair.
Mi said .
6. Phong: Many thousand people saw a UFO hovering around the International Space Station last
year. Phong said

XVII. Rewrite the sentences in reported speech.

1. “Every weekend, the astronauts can have private video-conferences with their families on the Earth,"
Dr. Nelson said.
Dr. Nelson said
2. "Have the astronauts ever forgotten anything from the Earth?" Nick asked his teacher.
Nick asked his teacher
3. "The astronauts on the ISS use a 3-D printer on board to print certain object,” the teacher answered
Nick.
The teacher told Nick
4. "Where can we look for life?" Mai asked Dr. Nelson.
Mai asked Dr. Nelson
5. "Ganymede, the largest moon of Jupiter, has a large salt water ocean," the teacher said.
The teacher said
6. "Does Mars have ice under its surface?" Mi asked the teacher.
Mi asked the teacher
TEST 3 UNIT 12
 I. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the word whose main stress is placed differently from the
rest.
1. A. negative B. scholarship C. develop D. purposeful
2. A. ability B. acceptable C. education D. hilarious
3. A. document B. comedian C. perspective D. location
4. A. product B. provide C. promote D. profess
5. A. different B. regular C. achieving D. property
II. Choose the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from that of the others.
1. A. space B. strange C. planet D. play
2. A.alien B.alive C.alien D. balloon
3. A. balloon B. moon C. flood D. proof
4. A. mineral B. pilot C. five D. size
5. A. mineral B. life C. pipe D. sight
III. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the word whose main stress is placed differently from the
rest.
1. A. education B. devolvement C. economic D. preparation
2. A. chocolate B. structural C. important D. natural
3. A. attractive B. perception C. cultural D. expensive
4. A. literature B. entertainment C. recreation D. information
5. A. attend B. option C. percent D. become

IV. Choose the correct answer A, B, C or D in each line.

1. I have to do this job because I have no .
A. choose B. choice C. choosing D. chosen
2. English is used by pilots to ask for landing in Cairo.
A. instruct B. instructors C. instructions D. instructive
3. He did some odd jobs at home .
A. disappointment B. disappointed C. disappoint D. disappointedly
4. Don't be afraid. This snake is .
A. harm B. harmful C. harmless D. unharmed
5. During his his family lived in the United State.
A. child B. childhood C. childish D. Childlike
6. Jack London wrote several novels on adventure.
A. interest B. interestedly C. interesting D. interested
7. He failed the final exam because he didn't make any or it.
A. prepare B. preparation C. preparing D. prepared
8. The custom was said to be a matter of .
A. convenient B. convenience C. conveniently D. convene
9. She is in her book.
A. absorbed B. absorbent C. absorptive D. absorb
10. As she is so with her present job, she has decided to leave.
A. satisfy B. satisfied C. satisfying D. unsatisfied

V. Choose the correct answer A, B, C or D in each line.

1. By the end of the month I
A. will have been living
C. will live
2. By the end of this week we
A. have been working
C. will have been working
3. By July the fifth they
A. are studying
in this town for ten years.
B. have been living
D. am living
on the project for a month.
B. have worked
D. will work
English for 3 year.
B. will study
 C. will have studied D. will have been studying
4. By 10 o'clock she (watch) TV for 4 hours.
A. will have been watching B. has been watching
C. is watching D. will watch
5. She for 10 hours by 11 o'clock.
A. will have been sleeping B. has sleeping
C. is sleeping D. will sleep
6. We him for 40 days by next Saturday.
A. will look for B. are looking for
C. will have been looking for D. will have been looking
7. They (wait) for the president for 5 hours.
A. will have been waiting B. are waiting
C. will wait D. have waited

VI. Each of the sentences below has at least one mistake. Identify and correct the mistakes.
1. "I'll finish the work by the end of this week.”
John promisedfinishing the work by the end of this week.
A. promised B. finishing C. by D. this week
2. "You ought to take a break,
Andrew." Sheadvised Andrew to
takes a break.
A. she B. advised C. to takes D. break
3. "Don't forget to go to the supermarket after work.”
They reminded to go to the supermarketafter work.
A. they B. to go C. supermarket D. after
4. “Why don't we sing a few songs?"
He suggested we sang a fewsongs.
A. suggested B. sang C. few D. songs
5. She told me, “I am going to the party with my mother”.
She told me she would go to the party with her mother.
A. told B. she C. party D. mother
6. They said, "We have plenty of time to do our work”.
They said they have plenty of time to do our homework.
A. have B. of C. to do D. homework
7. He said, "This is the book you have been looking for”.
He said this is the book I have been looking for.
A. the B. have C. looking D. for
8. Don't put your elbow on the table.
She toldme not to put your elbow on the table.
A. told B. me C. your D. the

VII. Choose the correct answer A, B, C or D in each line.

1. She said to me "I will go to China next week.”
A. She said she would go to China the following week.
B. She said she will go to China the following week.
C. She said I would go to China the following week.
D. She said she would go to China next week.
2. She doesn't go to China with us.
A. I wish she had went to China with us.
B. I wish she went to China with us.
C. I wish she had gone to China with us.
D. I wish she didn't go to China with us.
3. Someone has stolen my bike.
 A. My bike have been stolen. B. My bike was been stolen.
C. My bike has been stolen. D. My bike is stolen.
4. She is the woman. I met her last week.
A. She is the woman who I met last week.
B. She is the woman whom I met her last week.
C. She is the woman which I met last week.
D. She is the woman whom I met last week.
5. Money doesn't grow on trees. We aren't rich.
A. If money grow on trees, we will be rich.
B. If money grew on trees, we would be rich.
C. If money had grown on trees, we would have been rich.
D. If money has grown on trees, we would be rich.
6. I last saw her ten years ago.
A. I don't have seen her for ten years. B. I hadn't seen her for ten years.
C. I haven't seen her for ten years. D. I didn't see her for ten years.
7. Cars cause pollution. However, people still want them.
A. Although cars cause pollution, but people still want them.
B. Although despite cars cause pollution, people still want them.
C. Although cars cause pollution, people still want them.
D. Although of cars cause pollution, people still want them.

VIII. Choose the correct answer A, B, C or D in each line.

1. Write your name clearly on the top.
A. He asked to write my name clearly on the top.
B. He asked to write your name clearly on the top.
C. He asked write my name clearly on the top.
D. He asked writing my name clearly on the top.
2. Don't wipe your dirty fingers on my clothes.
A. He ordered do not to wipe my dirty fingers on the clothes.
B. He ordered not to wipe my dirty fingers on the clothes.
C. He ordered not to wipe your dirty fingers on the clothes.
D. He ordered don't to wipe your dirty fingers on the clothes.
3. Wait here under the tree until the rain stops.
A. He ask me to wait here under the tree until the rain stops.
B. He asked me to wait here under the tree until the rain stops.
C. He asked me wait here under the tree until the rain stops.
D. He said to wait here under the tree until the rain stops.
4. Come and see me whenever you have a few hours to spare.
A. She told me to come and see me whenever I have a few hours to spare.
B. She told me to come and see her whenever you have a few hours to spare.
C. She told me to come and see her whenever I have a few hours to spare
D. She told me to come and see me whenever you have a few hours to spare.
5. When did they tell you that?
A. They wanted to know when they told you that.
B. They wanted to know when did they tell me that.
C. They wanted to know when they did tell me that.
D. They wanted to know when they told me that.
6. Have you seen the new film?
A. They wanted to know if have I watched a new film.
B. They wanted to know if had I watched a new film.
C. They wanted to know if I had watched a new film.
D. They wanted to know if I have watched a new film.
IX. Choose the correct answer A, B, C or D.
1. "Jean, have you seen my gloves?" Tom asked.
A. Tom asked Jean whether/if she had seen his gloves.
B. Tom asked Jean whether/if had you seen his gloves.
C. Tom asked Jean whether/if had she seen his gloves.
D. Tom asked Jean whether if she had seen her gloves.
2. “Don't leave the window open, Ann", I said.
A. I told Ann does not leave the window open.
B. I told Ann not to leave the window open.
C. I told Ann to leave the window open.
D. I told Ann not leave the window open.
3. "I'll have a cup of coffee with you," she said.
A. She said that she have a cup of coffee with me.
B. She said that she had a cup of coffee with me.
C. She said that she would have a cup of coffee with me.
D. She said that she would have a cup of coffee with you.
4. “I’ll pay him if can" she said.
A. She said that she will pay him if she could.
B. She said that I would pay him if I could.
C. She said that she would pay him if she could.
D. She said that she would pay him if she can.
5. “What are you going to do next summer?" she asked.
A. She asked us what we were going to do the following summer.
B. She asked us what I was going to do the following summer.
C. She asked us what were we going to do the following summer.
D. She asked us what we was going to do the following summer.
6. “I’ll phone you tomorrow," he told Jack.
A. He told Jack that I would phone him the following day.
B. He told Jack that I will phone him the following.
C. He told Jack that he would phone him tomorrow.
D. He told Jack that he would phone him the following day.
7. "Can I sit beside you, Jean?" Tom asked.
A. Tom asked Jean whether/if I could sit beside her.
B. Tom asked Jean whether/if could he sit beside her.
C. Tom asked Jean whether if he could sit beside her.
D. Tom asked Jean whether/if he could sit beside you.
8. "I want a bike for my birthday," he said.
A. He said that he wanted a bike for his birthday.
B. He said that I wanted a bike for his birthday.
C. He said that he wants a bike for his birthday.
D. He said that he wanted a bike for my birthday.
9. "Don't keep the door locked," he said to us.
A. He told us not to keep the door locked.
B. He told us do not keep the door locked.
C. He told us not keep the door locked.
D. He told us to not keep the door locked.
10. “How long are you going to stay?" I asked him.
A. I asked him how long I was going to stay.
B. I asked him how long you were going to stay.
C. I asked him how long were you going to stay.
D. I asked him how long he was going to stay.
 X. Match the terms with the suitable definitions.
A B
1. astronomer a. the path followed by an object in space as it moves around another object.
2. black hole b. a huge collection of stars, star clusters, and dust and gas that measures many light years
across.
3. comet c. a small frozen mass of gas, dust, and ice.
4. galaxy d. a scientist who makes observations and studies planets, stars, galaxies any anything else
in space.
5. orbit e. super dense invisible objects in outer space that form when a massive star collapses from
its own gravity.

XI. Read the text and answer the questions.

How many planets are there in our galaxy? That's a tricky question to answer. Are there other planets
that support life? That’s exactly what the Kepler mission hopes to discover.
NASA launched the Kepler space telescope, designed to find habitable planets, in 2009. So far it has
discovered five new Earth-sized planets beyond our solar system. These planets are hotter than the Earth's
sun - much too hot for life as we know it. The Kepler team predicts that they will need at least three years
(and possibly longer) to find an Earth-like planet.
The simplest requirement for a planet to have life (carbon-based life like on Earth) is for there to be
liquid water (not frozen or gas) so the distance from the planet's sun and therefore temperature are
important. There also needs to be the correct amount of air. If a planet is as small as Mars (half the size of
Earth) its weak gravity means that it can't hold on to air molecules. If a planet is Neptune sized (four times
bigger than Earth) it has very strong gravity and too much air. So size matters too.

Questions:
1. What is the mission of the Kepler?

2. When did NASA launch the Kepler space telescope?

3. What was the Kepler designed to do?

4. How many new Earth-sized planets beyond our solar system has the Kepler discovered?

5. Are these planets cooler than the Earth's sun?

6. How many years did it take to find an Earth-like planet according to the Kepler team?

7. What conditions are necessary for an area to be considered a habitable zone?

8. Is the Mars bigger than the Earth?

9. Is the Neptune four times bigger than Earth?

10. Does Neptune have very weak gravity?

XII. Read the text and decide whether the following statements are true (T) or false (F).
 Many people have seen UFO’s and have taken great pictures of them. There is a mystery though, why
haven't they landed and made contact with us? That is a tough question, and remains to be answered.
The evidence if unidentified flying objects is overwhelming. With new UFO sightings popping up every
week, they just can't be ignored. Take for example the UFO sightings at the Chicago O’Hare airport. Several
very creditable people saw the unidentified flying object up close and gave eyewitness testimony as to what
they saw. We believe that contact with these aliens is coming soon. We also think that aliens can most
probable help us with many of the problems humans faces such as the threat of Global Warming. Alien
Technology from certain races is surely far superior to ours.

True False
No. Sentence
(T) (F)
1. There are a lot of pictures of UFO
2. Aliens have landed and made contact with human.
3. Several people saw the UFO at the Chicago O'Hare airport.
4. People believe that contact with these aliens is coming soon.
5. People think that the threat of Global Warming can be solved by aliens.

XIII. Read the following and mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate correct answer to each of the
questions.

Are there intelligent beings on the planets in our solar system? Most scientists do not think so. If there
are, the only likely place is Mars. It is fun to imagine our kind of humans on other worlds, but they would
probably look so different we might not recognize them as people at all. Living things have a wonderful way
of adapting themselves to conditions around in order to stay alive. Plants grow in the Arctic. Some simple
animals can survive being boiled or frozen. Creatures live in the blackest deeps of the sea under thousands
of tons of pressure.
We cannot really state that our kind of air is the only kind living things could breathe or that they must
have water or certain climate. Creatures that breathed other gases or lived in other temperatures, however,
would not look like us. Are there people anywhere else in the universe? Maybe there are. In our own galaxy,
there are billions of stars. Some must have planets with conditions like those on earth. Somewhere in space,
there could be other thinking beings. If their planets are older, they may know more than we do. They may
be a traveling in space.
Questions:
1. Scientists think that on other planets in our solar system there are
A. probably some other intelligent beings.
B. probably no other intelligent beings.
C. certainly some other intelligent beings.
D. certainly no other intelligent beings.
2. Scientists think that any intelligent beings on other planets in our solar system.
A. would live under thousands of tons of pressure.
B. would be very different from us.
C. would already be traveling in space.
D. would have adapted themselves to conditions better than we have done.
3. What do creatures do to stay alive if conditions around them change?
A. to travel in space. B. to grow in the Arctic.
C. to go to other worlds. D. to adapt themselves.
4. The bolded word "They" in the passage refers to
A. planets. B. conditions.
C. other thinking beings. D. billions of stars.
5. Other human beings live
A. possibly on other planets of stars in our galaxy.
 B. possibly on other planets in our solar system.
C. possibly on other stars in our own galaxy.
D. everywhere in the universe.

XIV. Read the text again and decide whether the following statements are true (T) or false (F).
No. Sentence True (T) False (F)
1. Most scientists think that there are intelligent beings on other planets in
our solar system.
2. Intelligent beings on other planets are similar to human.
3. Plants in the Arctic can survive being boiled or frozen.
4. Living things can breathe other gases or live in other temperatures, and
certainly look like us.
5. Intelligent beings on other planets may be already traveling in space.

XV. Rewrite the following sentences without changing the meaning of the first sentence.
1. "Open your book" he said to them.
He told them .
2. "Where are you going?" Jim asked Linda.
Jim asked Linda where .
3. "Which way did they go?" John asked.
John asked .
4. "Bring it back if it doesn't fit", I said to her.
I told .
5. "Don't try to open it now," she said to us.
She told .
6. "Is it going to be a fine day today?" I asked her.
I asked her .
7. "He's not at home", she said.
She said that .
8. "Is the bus station far away?" the girl asked.
The girl wanted to know .
9. "Don't stay out late, Ann" Tony said.
Tony told Ann .
10. "Please let me borrow your bike," he said to her.
He asked .

XVI. Rewrite the following sentences without changing the meaning of the first sentence.
1. "Are you going by train?" she asked me.
She wanted to know .
2. "Don't use too much hot water," she said to us.
She asked us .
3. "Will you come to my party?” she said to me.
She invited me .
4. "Don't do it again," she said to them.
She told them .
5. "Did Mr. Brown send the potatoes to you?" she asked.
She asked .
6. "Don't get your shoes dirty, boys," she said.
She told .
7. “What do you want for lunch today, Peter?" Mary asked.
Mary asked .
 8. “Can I borrow your typewriter, Jean?" asked Peter.
Peter asked if .
9. "Why didn't I get a computer before?" thought the office manager.
The office manager wondered .
10. “You had better not lend him any more money, Amanda" said John.
John advised Amanda .

XVII. Complete the second sentences without changing the meaning of the first sentences.
1. The doctor said to me, "You shouldn't lose weight”
The doctor advised me
2. Mary said, "Let's go to the park."
Mary suggested
3. "I didn't break the car", Jack said.
Jack denied
4. "You told a lie, Michael", she said.
She accused Michael
5. “I can't go to your birthday party next Sunday evening, Jack", said Jane.
Jane apologized for
6. "I won't help you with your homework. Never!” Katarina said to me.
Katarina refused
7. John said, "Please come to my party.”
John invited
8. Mr. Brown said, "Don't play on the street.”
Mr. Brown warned the children not
9. "Would you like to come on a picnic with us?”
They invited
10. "Please don't tell anybody what happened.”
He asked
 TEST 1 FOR UNIT 10,11,12
I. Choose the word which has a different stress pattern from the others.
1. A.telepathy B.community C.development D.scientific
2. A.incident B.terrorist C.adventure D.cultural
3. A.disease B.tablet C.buggy D.robot
4. A.unnatural B.impossible C.emotionless D.disrespectful
5. A.multimedia B.communication C.similarity D.possibility
II. Choose the best answer A, B, C or D to complete the sentences.
6. People will take of robots to do household chores.
A.chance B.condition C.advantage D.success
7. Many people think that robots will make workers .
A.employed B.unemployed C.no job D.the jobless
8. It is certain that robots will the quality of our lives.
A.improve B.rise C.lift D.develop
9. With healthier and better medical , people will have a longer life expectancy.
A.ways - care B.lifestyles – care C.life - cares D.lifestyles - medicine
10. Many people think the cyberworld will the real world.
A.take B.provide C.take place D.replace
11. The invention of penicillin is very useful because it has lots of lives.
A.lost B.brought C.saved D.solved
12. It is said that in a couple of decades, we telepathy and holography.
A.use B.will be used C.have used D.will be using
13. Mars is named the Roman God of war.
A.to B.about C.after D.under
14. By 2050 we in smart homes.
A.will live B.will be lived C.will have lived D.are living
15. The Earth seems too small to the increasing population.
A.provide B.accommodate C.supply D.stand
III. Complete the sentences with the words/phrases in the box. Some can be completed with more
than one answer.
a smartphone a landline phone a laptop a social network
a tablet an Internet a Wi-Fi connection
computer connection
1. You can make a phone call with .
2. You can send a text message with .
3. You can use the Internet with .
4. You can send an email with .
5. You can send an attachment with .
6. You can leave a voice message with .
7. You can pick up voicemail with .
8. You can use video chat with .
9. You can update your status with .
10. You can connect and share your status or photos with your family and friends online with .
IV. Put the verbs in brackets in the correct tenses.
1. The four planets closest to the sun - Mercury, Venus, Earth, and Mars - (be) called the
terrestrial planets because they have solid, rocky surfaces.
2. Our grandparents (come) to stay with us next weekend.
3. People (wonder) for ages whether we are alone in the universe.
4. This time next week, we (take) an English test.
5. By the end of this year, I (learn) English for 6 years
6. By the end of this century, scientists (discover) intelligent life.
 7. Beagle 2 - the first British spaceship to Mars - (look for) signs of aliens this
time next month.
8. Astronauts (travel) to planets outside our solar system by 2050.
9. I expect your English (improve) a lot by the time you get back from
England.
10. NASA (develop) new aircraft to replace space shuttles by the end of this
decade.
V. Choose the word phrase among A, B, C or D that best fits the blank space in or the following
passage.
Eye Contact
Eye contact is an important type of (1) communication. The way you look at someone
can (2) many things, including interest, affection, hostility, or attraction. Eye contact is also
important in (3) the flow of conversation.
Eye contact will be more continuous (4) a person is trying to listen to you. Looking at a person can be an
indication of (5) . People who are interested in someoneshow (6) eye contact and lean
forward toward the other person in the conversation. (7) eye contact with another person can be
(8) to show respect.
1. A.verbal B.non-verbal C.oral D.online
2. A.mean B.bring C.transmit D.communicate
3. A.maintaining B.stopping C.preventing D.increasing
4. A.although B.because C.unless D.if
5. A.attract B.attracted C.attractive D.attraction
6. A.high B.strong C.weak D.deep
7. A.Taking B.Doing C.Making D.Bringing
8. A.use B.used C.using D.to use
VI. Read the passage carefully, and then answer the questions below.
Netiquette is the etiquette or good manners of using the Internet. Being friendly and polite shows good
manners both offline and online. You should ask someone's permission before posting anything about
them on the web or sharing their emails, photo, or chat conversations. You need to make sure they know
you are sharing it and agree with it.
If your friend gives you permission to forward something, be sure to protect them by removing any
personal information like their name and email address, and remove any parts that have nothing to do
with what you want to share.
If someone is rude in cyberspace, you have a choice between joining in and making it worse walking
away from it. If their attacks are directed at you, you can block them and talk to a trusted adult about how
to best deal with them before responding.
1. What is netiquette?
.
2. What are good manners when you are online or offline?
.
3. What should you do before posting and sharing something related to other people on the web?
.
4. What can you do to protect personal information you post on the Internet?
.
5. What will you do if you get cyberbullying?

TEST 2 FOR UNIT 10,11,12

I. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the word whose main stress is placed differently from the
rest.
1. A. medium B. computer C. formation D. connection
2. A. national B. cultural C. popular D. musician
3. A. program B. prefer C. promise D. practice
4. A. future B. telephone C. language D. tomorrow

II. Find the word which has a different sound in the underlined part.
1. A. mature B. measure C. pleasure D. adventure
2. A.honest B.house C.hour D.honor
3. A. suggestion B. action C. creation D. invention
4. A. message B. usage C. massage D. marriage

III. Choose the correct answer A, B, C or D in each line.

1. She often drives very so she rarely causes accidents.
A. carefully B. careful C. caring D. careless
2. You are old enough to take for what you have done.
A. responsible B. responsibility C. responsibly D. irresponsible
3. The more you think, the better you feel.
A. negative B. negatively C. positive D. positively
4. means communicating by expressing thoughts with words.
A. Non-verbal communication B. Verbal communication
C. Body language D. Sign language
5. He is unhappy because of his .
A. deaf B. deafen C. deafness D. deafened
6. Computers are used in schools and universities.
A. widely B. wide C. widen D. width
7. She talks too much about something. She is a(n) person.
A. sensitive B. active C. talkative D. interactive
8. She is very he always cries when watching sad movies.
A. attractive B. creative C. generous D. sensitive

IV. Give the correct form of the verbs in the brackets.

1. He (repair) the car when his wife cooks dinner late for today.
2. What you and your brother (do) last night after having dinner?
- I (watch) a film while my brother (play) computer games.
3. Watch out! You (cross) the street and there (be) many cars there.
4. At 8.30 a m tomorrow, scientists (do) some experiments to find out the way dolphins
communicate with each other.
5. It (take) the Earth 365 days to go around the sun.

V. Fill each blank with the correct form of the word given in capital letters.
Life on other planets
Humans have long been fascinated by (1) space, and have wondered if there are intelligent life-
forms elsewhere, which we might be able to contact. (2) , we've all seen space creatures on our TV and
cinema screens, but “aliens" like these owe more to the (3) of using human actors to play the parts
than to any real form of (4) investigation.
However, many serious space (5) are now beginning to turn their attention to the question of what alien
life might actually look like. One early result is Arnold the Alien, (6) by biologist, Dougal
Dixon. This strange being, unlike humans, has its eyes, ears and limbs in groups of three instead of pairs but,
despite its old appearance, its behavior not very different from our own.

1. A. out B. outer C. outside D. outing

2. A. nature B. natural C. naturally D. naturalness
3. A. convenient B. convenience C. conveniention D. conveniences
4. A. science` B. scientist C. scientific D. scientificly
 5. A. research B. researches C. researcher D. researchers
6. A. design B. designs C. designed D. which designed

VI. Read the text again and decide whether the following statements are true (T) or false (F).
True False
No. Sentence
(T) (F)
1. Human have been interested in creatures from outer space for a long time.
2. Most space creatures in films are based on real form of scientific
investigation.
3. Most films use human actors to play "aliens".
4. The alien designed by Dougal Dixon is similar to human.
5. The alien designed by Dougal Dixon has three eyes and three ears.

VII. Complete the second sentences without changing the meaning of the first.
1. "Do not draw on the wall," said the teacher to the boys.
The teacher told the boys
2. "When was your little boy born?" said the nurse to Mrs. Bingley.
The nurse asked Mrs. Bingley
3. "You should take more exercise, Mr. Robert," the doctor said.
The doctor advised
4. "Can I have a new bicycle?" said Anna to her mother.
Anna asked

VIII. Change these sentences into passive voice.

1. Dogs usually use body language to communicate with their owners and other dogs.

2. I'll send him an email about next week's work tomorrow.

3. I organized a video conference about environmental protection.

4. Now people are using Skype to call for others without paying money.